Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

sometimes it may so happen that

Толкование Перевод

1 FALLA

flunk

* * *

(fell; féll, féllum; fallinn), v.

1) to fall;

eigi fellr tré við fyrsta högg, a tree falls not with the first stroke;

falla af baki, to fall from horse back;

falla á kné, to fall on one’s knees;

falla áfram (á bak aptr), to fall forwards (backwards);

falla flatr, to fall prostrate;

falla til jarðar, to fall to the ground;

refl., láta fallast (= sik falla), to let oneself fall (þá lét Loki falla í kné Skaða);

2) to drop down dead, be killed, fall (in battle);

3) to die of plague (féllu fátœkir menn um alit land);

4) to flow, run (of water, stream, tide);

særinn fell út frá landi, ebbed;

féll sjór fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave-mouth;

síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose;

þeir sá þá ós mikinn falla í sjóinn, fall into the sea;

á fél (a river flowed) við skála Ásólfs;

var skipit svá hlaðit, at inn féll um söxin, that the sea rushed in at the prow;

5) of clothes, hair, to fall, hang down;

hárit féll á herðar honum aptr, the hair fell back on his shoulders;

létu kvennváðir um kné falla, they let women’s dress fall about hi s knees;

6) to fall, calm down (of the wind);

féll veðrit (the storm fell) ok gerði logn;

7) to fail, be foiled;

sá eiðr fellr honum til útlegðar, if he fails in taking the oath, he shall be liable to outlawry;

falla á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain;

falla or fallast at máli, sókn, to fail in one’s suit;

falla frá máli, to give it up;

fallinn at frændum, bereft of kinsmen;

dœmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar yðrar eignir, I sentence your estates to be forfieited for his slaughter;

refl., ef gerðarmenn láta fallast, if the umpires fail to do their duty;

þá fallust öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, then voice and hands alike failed the Gods;

féllust þeim allar kvéðjur, their greetings died on their lips;

vill sá eigi falust láta andsvör, he will not fail or falter in replying;

8) to fall out happen;

mér féll svá gæfusamliga (it befell me so quickly), at;

stundum kann svá at falla, at, sometimes it may so happen that;

9) to be had or produced (þat járn fellr í firði þeim; þar fellr hveiti ok vín);

10) with adv., e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, a thing falls heavily, lightly upon one (þetta mun ðr þungt falla);

féll þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle turned against the emperor;

e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly;

henni féll meinit svá nær, at, the illness fell on her so sore, that;

mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him;

hörmuliga fellr oss nú, at, it falls out sadly for us, that;

11) to please, suit;

kvað sér, þat vel falla til attekta, said that it suited him well for drawing revenue from;

honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise was pleasant in his ears;

jarli féllst þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it;

mun mér illa falla, ef, it will displease me, if;

féll vel á með þeim, they were on good terms;

refl., honum féllst þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, he was pleased with it;

féllst hvárt öðru vel í geð, they loved each other;

12) with preps. and advs.,

falla af, to fall, abate (féll af vindr, byrr);

falla á e-n, to befall one;

þær féllu lyktir í, at, the end was, that;

falla í e-t, to fall into;

falla í brot, to fall in a fit;

falla í óvit, to faint, swoon;

falla í villu, to fall into heresy;

falla í vald e-s, to fall into one’s power;

féll veðrit í logn, the storm calmed down;

falla niðr, to fall, drop;

mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr falla, my poem will soon be forgotten;

féll svá niðr þeirra tal, their conversation dropped, they left off talking;

falla saman, to fill in with, agree;

þó at eigi félli alit saman með þeim, though they, did not agree in everything;

falla til, to occur, happen, fall out;

ef auðna fellr til, if luck will have it so;

litlu síðar féll til fagrt leiði, fair wind came on;

öll þingviti, er til falla, all the fines that may fall in, be due;

nema þörf falli til, unless need be;

sem sakir falla til, as the case falls;

falla undir e-n, to fall to one’s lot (of inheritance, obligation);

arfr fellr undir e-n, devolves upon one;

falla út, to recede, of the tide (þá er út féll sjórinn);

falla við árar, to fall to at the oars.

* * *

pret. féll, 2nd pers. féllt, mod. féllst, pl. féllu; pres. fell, pl. föllum; part. fallinn; reflex. féllsk, fallisk, etc., with the neg. suffix fellr-at, féll-at, féllsk-at, Am. 6, vide Lex. Poët. [Common to all Teut. languages except Goth. (Ulf. renders πίπτειν by drjûsan); A. S. feallan; Engl. fall; Germ. fallen; Dan. falde; Swed. falla.]

A. to fall; as in Engl. so in Icel. falla is the general word, used in the broadest sense; in the N. T. it is therefore used much in the same passages as in the Engl. V., e. g. Matth. v. 14, vii. 25, 27, x. 29, xii. 11, xiii. 4, xxi. 44, Luke xiv. 5, John xii. 24, Rom. xi. 11, xiv. 4, 1 Cor. x. 12, 1 Tim. vi. 9, Rev. viii. 10: blómstrið fellr, James i. 11: again, the verbs hrynja and hrapa denote ruin or sudden fall, detta a light fall, hrasa stumbling; thus in the N. T. hrynja is used, Luke xxiii. 30, Rev. vi. 16; hrapa, Luke x. 18, xi. 17, xiii. 4, Matth. xxiv. 29; hrasa, Luke x. 30; detta, xvi. 21: the proverb, eigi fellr tré við hit fyrsta högg, a tree falls not by the first stroke, Nj. 163, 224; hann féll fall mikit, Bs. i. 343; hón féll geigvænliga, id.; falla af baki, to fall from horseback, 344; f. áfram, to fall forwards, Nj. 165; f. á bak aptr, to fall on the back, 9; f. um háls e-m, to fall on one’s neck, Luke xv. 20; f. til jarðar, to fall to the ground, fall prostrate, Fms. vii. 13, Pass. 5. 4: to fall on one’s face, Stj. 422. Ruth ii. 10; f. fram, to fall down, Matth. iv. 9; f. dauðr ofan, to fall down dead, Fær. 31; ok jafnsnart féll á hann dimma og myrkr, Acts xiii. 11; hlutr fellr, the lot fell (vide hlut-fall), i. 26.

2. to fall dead, fall in battle, Lat. cadere, Nj. 31, Eg. 7, 495, Dropl. 25, 36, Hm. 159, Fms. i. 8, 11, 24, 38, 95, 173, 177, 178, ii. 318, 324, 329, iii. 5, iv. 14, v. 55, 59, 78, 85, vi. 406–421, vii–xi, passim.

3. of cattle, to die of plague or famine, Ann. 1341.

4. medic., falla í brot, to fall in a fit, Bs. i. 335; f. í óvit, to swoon, Nj. 210: the phrase, f. frá, to fall, die (frá-fall, death), Grág. i. 139, 401, Fms. iv. 230, vii. 275; f. í svefn, to fall asleep, Acts xx. 9.

II. to flow, run, of water, stream, tide, etc.: of the tide, særinn féll út frá landi, ebbed, Clem. 47; féll þar sær fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave’s mouth, Orkn. 428; síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose, Ld. 58; ok þá er út féll sjórinn, Þorf. Karl. 420; sjórinn féll svá skjótt á land, at skipin vóru öll á floti, Fms. iv. 65: also used of snow, rain, dew, Vsp. 19; snjó-fall, a fall of snow: of the ashes of a volcano, cp. ösku-fall, s. v. aska: of a breaker, to dash, menn undruðusk er boði féll í logni, þar sem engi maðr vissi ván til at fyrri hefði fallit, Orkn. 164: of a river, nema þar falli á sú er eigi gengr fé yfir, Grág. ii. 256; vötn þau er ór jöklum höfðu fallit, Eg. 133; á féll ( flowed) við skála Ásólfs, Landn. 50, A. A. 285; þeir sá þá ós (fors, Hb.) mikinn falla í sjóinn, Landn. 29, v. l., cp. Fms. i. 236; Markar-fljót féll í millum höfuð-ísa, Nj. 142; á fellr austan, Vsp. 42; falla forsar, 58; læk er féll meðal landa þeirra, Landn. 145: of sea water, sjár kolblár fellr at þeim, the ship took in water, Ld. 118, Mar. 98; svá at inn féll um söxin, that the tea rushed in at the stern, Sturl. iii. 66.

2. to stream, of hair; hárit silki-bleikt er féll ( streamed) á herðar honum aptr, Fms. vii. 155.

β. of clothes, drapery, Edda (Ht. 2) 121.

III. to fall, of the wind; féll veðrit ok görði logn, the wind fell, Eg. 372; þá féll byrrinn, Eb. 8; ok fellr veðrit er þeir koma út at eyjum, Ld. 116; hón kvaðsk mundu ráða at veðrit félli eigi, Gullþ. 30; í því bili fellr andviðrit, Fbr. 67; þá féll af byrrinn, Fms. vi. 17.

2. falla niðr, to fall, drop; mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr f., my poem will soon be forgotten, Fms. vi. 198; mun þat (in the poem) aldri niðr f. meðan Norðrlönd eru bygð, 372; féll svá þeirra tal, their speech dropped, they left off talking, Fas. iii. 579; as a law term, to let a thing drop, lát niðr f., Fs. 182; féllu hálfar bætr niðr fyrir sakastaði þá er hann þótti á eiga, Nj. 166, 250, Band. 18; þat eitt fellr niðr, Grág. i. 398, Fms. vii. 137; falla í verði, to fall in price, etc.

IV. to fail, be foiled, a law term; sá (viz. eiðr) fellr honum til útlegðar, i. e. if he fails in taking the oath he shall be liable to outlawry, N. G. L. i. 84 (eið-fall); en ef eiðr fellr, þá fari hann útlægr, K. Á. 214; fellr aldri sekt handa á milli, the fine is never cancelled, N. G. L. i. 345; f. á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain, Eg. 736; vera fallinn at sókn, to fail in one’s suit, N. G. L. i. 166; hence metaph. fallin at frændum, failing, bereft of friends, Hðm. 5; fallinn frá minu máli, having given my case up, Sks. 554, 747; því dæmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar eignir ykkar, I sentence your estates to lie forfeited for his slaughter, Fs. 122; f. í konungs garð, to forfeit to the king’s treasury. Fms. iv. 227; reflex., ef honum fellsk þessor brigð, if his right of reclamation fails, Gþl. 300; ef menn fallask at því, if men fail in that, N. G. L. ii. 345; ef gerð fellsk, if the reparation comes to naught, id.; ef gerðar-menn láta fallask, if they fail to do their duty, id., cp. i. 133, 415; to fail, falter, in the phrase, e-m fallask hendr, the hands fail one; bliknaði hann ok féllusk honum hendr, Ó. H. 70; þá féllusk öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, their voice and hands alike failed them, Edda 37; en bóndum féllusk hendr, því á þeir höfðu þá engan foringja, Fms. vi. 281; féllusk þeim allar kveðjur er fyrir vóru, their greeting faltered, i. e. the greeting died on their lips, Nj. 140; vill sá eigi fallask fáta andsvör, he would not fail or falter in replying, Hkr. i. 260; féllskat saðr sviðri, her judgment did not fail, Am. 6.

V. metaph., falla í villu, to fall into heresy, Ver. 47; f. í hórdóm, to fall into whoredom, Sks. 588; f. í vald e-s. to fall into one’s power, Ld. 166; f. í fullsælu, to drop ( come suddenly) into great wealth, Band. 31; f. í fullting við e-n, to fall a-helping one, to take one’s part, Grág. i. 24; lyktir falla á e-t, to come to a close, issue, Fms. ix. 292. xi. 326; f. á, to fall on, of misfortune, vide á-fall.

2. falla undir e-n, to full to one’s lot, of inheritance, obligation; arfr fellr undir e-n. devolves upon one, Gþl. 215; f. frjáls á jörð to be free born, N. G. L. i. 32; f. ánanðigr á jörð, to be born a bondsman, Grág. ii. 192.

3. falla við árar, to fall to at the oars, Fms. xi. 73, 103; Þorgeirr féll þá svá fast á árar (pulled, so bard), at af gengu báðir háirnir, Grett. 125 A; f. fram við árar, id., Fas. ii. 495 (in a verse).

VI. to fall out, befall; ef auðna fellr til, if it so falls out by luck, Fms. iv. 148; ef auðna vildi til f. með þeim, xi. 267; litlu siðar fellr til fagrt leiði, a fair wind befell them, 426; alla hluti þá er til kunni f., Nj. 224; öll þingvíti er til f., all the fines that may fall in, be due, Gþl. 21; nema þörf falli til, unless a mishap befalls him, i. e. unless he be in a strait, 76; mér féll svá gæfusamliga, it befell me so luckily, Barl. 114; verðuliga er fallit á mik þetta tilfelli, this accident has justly befallen me, 115; sem sakir f. til, as the case falls, Eg. 89.

2. to fall, be produced; þat (the iron) fellr í firði þeim er Ger heitir, Fas. iii. 240; þar fellr hveiti ok vín, 360.

VII. impers. in the phrases, e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, etc., a thing falls lightly, heavily upon, esp. of feeling; þetta mun yðr þungt f., it will fall heavily on you, Band. 18; felir þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle fell out ill to ( turned against) the emperor, Fms. xi. 32; at oss mundi þungt f. þessi mál, Nj. 191.

2. the phrases, e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly; svá fellr mér þetta nær um trega, Nj. 170; sjá einn var svá hlutr, at Njáli féll svá nær, at hana mátti aldri óklökvandi um tala, this one thing touched Njal so nearly, that he could never speak of it without tears, 171; mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him, Blas. 41; henni féll meinit svá, nær, at …, the illness fell on her so sore, that …, Bs. i. 178; féll henni nær allt saman, she was much vexed by it all (of illness), 351; e-t fellr bágliga, hörmuliga etc. fyrir e-m, things fall out sadly for one. Vígl. 30, El. 15.

B. Metaph. to fall in with, agree, fit, suit, Germ. gefallen:

I. to please, suit; kvað sér þat vel falla til aftekta, said that it suited him well for drawing taxes from, Fb. ii. 122: en allt þat, er hann heyrði frá himnaguði, féll honum harla vel, pleased him very well, Fms. i. 133; honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise suited his ears well, tickled, pleased his fancy, Bret. 16: reflex., þat lof fellsk honum í eyru, 4; jarli fellsk þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it, Bjarn. 7.

β. falla saman, to fall in with, comply, agree; en þó at eigi félli allt saman með þeim, though they did not agree in all, Bs. i. 723.

γ. féllsk vel á með þeim, they loved one another, Fas. i. 49; féll vel á með þeim Styrkári, i. e. he and S. were on good terms, Fms. iii. 120.

δ. honum féllsk þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, pleased him, Fas. i. 364; féllsk hvárt öðru vel í geð, they agreed well, liked one another well, Band. 9; fallask á e-t, to like a thing; brátt kvartar að mér fellst ei á, Bb. 3. 23.

2. to beseem, befit; heldr fellr þeim ( it befits them), at sýna öðrum með góðvilja, Str. 2.

3. falla at e-u, to apply to, refer to; þetta eitt orð er at fellr eiðstafnum, Band. MS. 15 (Ed. 18 wrongly eiðrinn instead of eiðnum).

4. the phrase ‘falla við’ in Luke vi. 36 (bótin af því hinu nýja fellr eigi við hið gamla) means to agree with; hence also viðfeldinn, agreeable:—but in the two passages to be cited falla við seems to be intended for falda við, to enfold; hvergi nema þar sem falli við akr eða eng, unless field or meadow be increased or improved, N. G. L. ii. 116; ekki má falla (qs. falda) við hamingju-leysi mitt, ‘tis impossible to add a fold to my bad luck, it cannot be worse than it is, Al. 110.

II. part. fallinn; svá f., such-like, so framed; eitt lítið dýr er svá fallið, at …, a small animal is so framed, that …, Stj. 77; hví man hinn sami maðr svá fallinn, how can the same man be so framed? Fms. xi. 429:—in law phrases, such-like, as follows, svá fallinn vitnisburð, testimony as follows, Vm. 47; svo fallinn órskurð, dóm, etc., a decision, sentence … as follows, a standing phrase; þá leið fallinn, such, such-like (Germ. beschaffen), Stj. 154.

2. fallinn vel, illa, etc., well, ill-disposed; hann var vænn maðr ok vel fallinn, Fms. xi. 422; þau vóru tröll bæði ok at öllu illa fallin, Bárð. 165; fitted, worthy, bezt til konungs fallinn, Fms. i. 58; ok er hann bezt til þess f. af þessum þremr, vi. 386; at hann væri betr til fallinn at deyja fyrir þá sök en faðir hans, that he more deserved to die than his father did, x. 3; Ólafr er betr til yfirmanns f. enn mínir synir, Ld. 84; margir eru betr til fallnir fararinnar, Ísl. ii. 327; Hallgerðr kvað hann sér vel fallinn til verkstjóra, Nj. 57; sá er til þess er f., Sks. 299; ‘worthy,’ 1 Cor. vi. 2.

3. neut. fit; ok hætti þá er honum þótti fallit, when he thought fit, Fms. vi. 364; slík reip sem f. þykir, as seems needful, Sks. 420; væri þat vel fallit, at …, it would do well, to …, Fms. ii. 115; þat mun nú vel fallit, that will be right, that will do well, Nj. 145; kallaði vel til fallit, said it was quite right, Fms. xi. 321.

4. of a thing, with dat. suited to one; eigi þyki mér þér sú ferð vel fallin, i. e. this journey will not do for thee, will not do thee good, Fms. vi. 200; cp. ó-fallit, unfit.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FALLA
2 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
3 случаться

(= случиться, происходить) happen, come about, occur
• Будет часто случаться, что/ когда... - It will often happen that...

• Важное случается (= Важный случай встречается), когда... - An important case occurs when...

• Возможно, что это случилось вследствие... - This probably occurred because...

• Данное упрощение также случается (= встречается) и для других типов... - This simplification also occurs for other types of...

• Иногда может случиться, что... - It can sometimes happen that...

• Иногда случается, что... - It sometimes happens that...

• Могло бы случиться, что Р совпадает с Р'. - It may happen that P coincides with P'.

• Могло бы случиться, что подобные элементы не существуют, так что... - It may happen that no such elements exist, so that...

• Мы знаем, что такое никогда не случается. - We know that this does not happen.

• На практике часто случается, что... - In practice it often happens that...

• Но это не случается внутри живого организма. - But this does not occur in a living animal.

• Однако на практике часто случается, что... - In practice it often happens, however, that...

• Однако это вовсе не то, что случается на практике. - But this is not what happens in practice.

• Оказывается, это случается, потому что... - This appears to occur because...

• Подобные процессы просто не случаются (= не происходят). - Such processes simply do not occur.

• Посмотрим теперь, что случится, если... - Consider now what happens if...

• Также часто случается, что... - It also commonly occurs when...

• Теперь посмотрим, что случается, когда... - Let us now see what happens when...

• Часто случается, что... - It frequently happens that...

• Чтобы этого не случилось,... - То prevent this from happening...

• Это не может случиться, если только не... - This cannot occur unless...

• Это часто случается на практике и означает, что... - This is often the case in practice and means that...

Русско-английский словарь научного общения > случаться
4 arriver

arriver [aʀive]

➭ TABLE 1

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► arriver is conjugated with être.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

   a. (au terme d'un voyage) to arrive

• arriver à [+ ville] to get to

• arriver en France to arrive in France

• nous sommes arrivés we're here

• le train doit arriver à 6 heures the train is due to arrive at 6 o'clock

• réveille-toi, on arrive ! wake up, we're almost there!

• arriver le premier (à une course) to come in first ; (à une soirée, une réception) to arrive first

• les premiers arrivés the first to arrive

   b. ( = approcher) [saison, nuit, personne, véhicule] to come

• arriver en courant to run up

• j'arrive ! I'm coming!

• le train arrive en gare the train is coming into the station

• l'air arrive par ce trou the air comes in through this hole

   c. ( = atteindre) arriver à to reach

• la nouvelle est arrivée jusqu'à nous the news has reached us

• le lierre arrive jusqu'au 1^er étage the ivy goes up to the 1st floor

• l'eau lui arrivait (jusqu')aux genoux the water came up to his knees

• et le problème des salaires ? -- j'y arrive and what about the wages problem? -- I'm just coming to that

• il ne t'arrive pas à la cheville he can't hold a candle to you

• arriver au pouvoir to come to power

   d. ( = réussir) arriver à (+ infinitif) to manage to

• pour arriver à lui faire comprendre qu'il a tort to get him to understand he's wrong

• il n'arrive pas à le comprendre he can't understand it

• je n'arrive pas à faire ce devoir I can't do this exercise

• tu y arrives ? how are you getting on?

• je n'y arrive pas I can't manage it

• arriver à ses fins to achieve one's ends

• il n'arrivera jamais à rien he'll never achieve anything

   e. ( = atteindre une réussite sociale) to succeed

• il se croit arrivé he thinks he's arrived (inf)

   f. ( = se produire) to happen

• c'est arrivé hier it happened yesterday

• ce sont des choses qui arrivent these things happen

• tu n'oublies jamais ? -- ça m'arrive don't you ever forget? -- yes, sometimes

• cela ne m'arrivera plus ! I won't let it happen again!

• ça devait lui arriver he had it coming to him (inf)

   g. ► en arriver à ( = finir par) to come to

• on n'en est pas encore arrivé là ! (résultat négatif) we've not reached that stage yet! ; (résultat positif) we've not got that far yet!

• on en arrive à se demander si... it makes you wonder whether...

• c'est triste d'en arriver là it's sad to be reduced to that

2. impersonal verb

• il est arrivé un accident there's been an accident

• il lui est arrivé un accident he's had an accident

• quoi qu'il arrive whatever happens

• comme il arrive souvent as often happens

► il arrive que/de

• il m'arrive d'oublier I sometimes forget

• il peut lui arriver de se tromper she does occasionally make a mistake

• il m'est arrivé plusieurs fois de le voir I have seen him or it several times

• il ne lui arrive pas souvent de mentir he doesn't often lie

* * *
aʀive
1.

verbe intransitif

1) ( parvenir) [personne, avion, lettre] to arrive; ( s'acheminer) [personne, pluie] to come

je suis arrivée avant toi — I got here before you

l'eau arrive par ce tuyau — the water comes in through this pipe

j'arrive! — I'm coming!

j'arrive de Londres — I've just come from London

arriver en courant — to come running up

arriver en tête — to come first

arriver dans les premiers — ( en compétition) to be among the first to finish; ( à une soirée) to be among the first to arrive

2) ( atteindre)

arriver à — to reach [niveau, âge, accord]; to find [solution]; to achieve [but, résultat]

arriver aux chevilles — [eau] to come up to one's ankles; [jupe] to come down to one's ankles

arriver (jusqu')à quelqu'un — [nouvelle, odeur] to reach somebody

‘qu'en est-il du chômage?’ - ‘j'y arrive’ — ‘what about unemployment?’ - ‘I'm coming to that’

3) ( réussir) ( socialement) to succeed; gén

arriver à faire — to manage to do

je n'arrive pas à faire — I can't do

je n'arrive à rien — I'm getting nowhere

arriver à ses fins — to achieve one's ends

4) ( aboutir)

en arriver à — to come to

on en arrive à des absurdités — you end up with nonsense

j'en arrive à croire que... — I'm beginning to think that...

5) ( survenir) [accident, catastrophe] to happen

ce sont des choses qui arrivent — these things happen, it's just one of those things

2.

verbe impersonnel

qu'est-il arrivé? — what happened? (à to)

que t'arrive-t-il? — what's wrong with you?

il arrive un moment où — there comes a time when

il arrive que quelqu'un fasse — sometimes somebody does

est-ce qu'il t'arrive d'y penser? — do you ever think about it?

* * *
aʀive
1. vi

1) [train, visiteur, courrier] to arrive

Est-ce qu'elle est arrivée? — Has she arrived yet?

arriver à Paris — to get to Paris, to arrive in Paris

Il arrive à Paris à 8 h. — He gets to Paris at 8., He arrives in Paris at 8.

J'arrive à l'école à huit heures. — I get to school at 8 o'clock., I arrive at school at 8 o'clock.

arriver à destination — to arrive at one's destination

j'arrive! — I'm coming!, coming!

en arriver à faire — to end up doing, to get to the point of doing

2) (= survenir) to happen

Ce sont des choses qui arrivent. — These things happen.

C'est arrivé quand? — When did it happen?

arriver à qn — to happen to sb

Qu'est-ce qui est arrivé à Christian? — What happened to Christian?

3)

arriver à (sujet chose) [date, étape] — to reach

arriver à terme [contrat] — to come to an end

arriver à échéance — to fall due

4) (= réussir)

arriver à [perfection, but] — to reach, to achieve

arriver à faire qch — to manage to do sth

J'espère que je vais y arriver. — I hope I'm going to manage it.

2. vb impers

il arrive que — it happens that

il lui arrive de faire — he sometimes does

Il m'arrive de dormir jusqu'à midi. — I sometimes sleep till midday.

* * *

arriver verb table: aimer

A vi

1 ( dans l'espace) [personne, avion, train, colis, lettre] to arrive; [nuage, pluie] to come; arriver de [personne, train, bus] to come from; arriver par [eau, gaz] to come through; arriver ensemble to arrive together; elle n'est pas encore arrivée she hasn't arrived yet; arriver à 13 h à Paris to arrive in Paris at 1 pm; arriver dans le centre ville/sur la berge to reach the town centre^GB/the bank; arriver par bateau/avion/le train to arrive by boat/plane/train; je suis arrivé chez moi I got home; j'arriverai chez toi dans l'après-midi/tard I'll get to ou arrive at your place in the afternoon/late; appelle-nous dès que tu seras arrivé give us a call as soon as you arrive ou get there; arriver en avance/en retard/à l'heure to arrive early/late/on time; arriver juste au bon moment to arrive ou come at just the right moment; je suis arrivée avant/après toi I got here before/after you; elle est arrivée au Japon en 1982 she came to Japan in 1982; dépêche-toi, le train arrive! hurry up, the train is coming!; regarde qui arrive look who's coming; le mauvais temps arrive par le nord the bad weather is coming from the north; l'eau arrive par ce tuyau the water comes in through this pipe; j'arrive! I'm coming!; j'arrive du centre ville I've just come from the city centre^GB; j'arrive de Londres I've just come from London; arriver en courant to come running up; arriver sur qn [orage, cyclone] to hit sb; [personne] to descend on sb; l'eau nous arrivait aux chevilles the water came up to our ankles, we were ankle-deep in water; l'eau arrivait au niveau de la fenêtre the water came up to the window; ma jupe m'arrive aux chevilles my skirt comes down to my ankles; arriver (jusqu')à qn [nouvelle, rumeur, odeur] to reach sb; heureusement cela n'est pas arrivé jusqu'à lui or jusqu'à ses oreilles○ luckily it didn't reach him ou his ears; arriver sur scène [chanteur, acteur] to come on stage; arriver sur le marché [personnes, produits] to come on the market;

2 ( dans le temps) arriver en tête/en queue to come first/last; en arrivant au ministère when he/she became minister; il est arrivé le premier he arrived first, he was the first to arrive; arriver dans les premiers ( en compétition) to be among the first to finish; ( à une soirée) to be among the first to arrive; de nombreux signes montrent qu'on arrive à la fin d'une période a number of signs show that we are coming to the end of an era; arriver à son terme [contrat] to expire; [projet] to come to an end; ce plan arrive au moment où this plan comes at a time when; maintenant j'arrive au problème de la drogue now, I'll come to the problem of drugs; ‘qu'en est-il du chômage?’-‘j'y arrive’ ‘what about unemployment?’-‘I'm coming to that’; tu arrives à un âge où you are getting to an age when;

3 (avec un raisonnement, après une suite d'événements) arriver à une somme to come to an amount; arriver à des résultats to achieve results; arriver à une solution to find a solution; arriver à une conclusion to come to a conclusion; arriver à un accord to reach an agreement;

4 ( réussir) arriver à faire to manage to do, to succeed in doing; je n'arrive pas à faire I can't do; il n'arrive plus à la suivre he can't keep up with her; j'essaie, mais je n'y arrive pas I'm trying, but I can't do it; je n'arrive à rien I'm getting nowhere; arriver à ses fins to achieve one's ends;

5 ( aboutir) on en arrive à des absurdités you end up with nonsense; comment peut-on en arriver là? how could it have come to this?; (parlant d'un pays, d'une économie) how did things get into that state?; j'en arrive à croire que/à me demander si… I'm beginning to think that/to wonder if…;

6 ( survenir) [accident, catastrophe] to happen; ce sont des choses qui arrivent these things happen, it's just one of those things; cela n'était pas arrivé depuis longtemps it hadn't happened for a long time; ça arrive mais c'est rare it does happen, but not very often; tout peut arriver anything can happen; ça n'arrive qu'aux autres it only happens to other people; on ne sait jamais ce qui peut arriver you never know what may happen; un accident est si vite arrivé accidents happen so easily; voilà ce qui arrive quand on ne fait pas attention that's what happens when you don't pay attention; la même chose m'est arrivée il y a un mois the same thing happened to me a month ago; tu vois, tout arrive! I told you, you should never give up hope!;

7 ( réussir socialement) [personne] to succeed; faire n'importe quoi pour arriver to do anything to succeed.

B v impers il est arrivé quelque chose something has happened (à to); il arrive toujours quelque chose something always happens; qu'est-il arrivé? what happened?; il n'est rien arrivé nothing happened; il n'arrive jamais rien ici nothing ever happens around here; il arrive un moment où there comes a time when; il arrive que qn fasse sometimes sb does; il m'arrive d'être en retard/d'aller à l'opéra sometimes I'm late/I go to the opera; est -ce qu'il arrive que le courrier se perde? does the mail ever go missing GB ou get lost?; est-ce qu'il t'arrive d'y penser? do you ever think about it?; qu'est-il arrivé à ta voiture? what happened to your car?; que t'arrive-t-il? what's wrong with you?; il m'est arrivé une chose bizarre something odd happened to me; quoi qu'il arrive whatever happens; je t'appellerai quoi qu'il arrive I'll call you whatever happens ou come what may; que peut-il arriver au pays? what can happen to the country?

[arive] verbe intransitif (aux être)

A.[DANS L'ESPACE]

1. [parvenir à destination - voyageur, véhicule, courrier] to arrive

arriver chez quelqu'un to arrive at somebody's place

arriver chez soi to get ou to arrive home

arriver au sommet to reach the summit

dès que je suis arrivé au Canada as soon as I arrived in ou got to Canada

on arrive à quelle heure? what time do we get there?

même en roulant vite ça nous fait arriver après minuit even if we drive fast we won't get there before midnight

nous sommes bientôt ou presque arrivés we're almost there

les invités vont bientôt arriver the guests will be arriving soon

qui est arrivé après l'appel? [en classe] who came in after I called the register (UK) ou called roll (US)?

être bien arrivé [personne, colis] to have arrived safely

vous voilà enfin arrivés, je m'inquiétais

a. [ici] here you are ou you've arrived at last, I was getting worried

b. [là-bas] you got there at last, I was getting worried

par où es-tu arrivée?

a. [ici] which way did you come?

b. [là-bas] which way did you go?

ils arrivent de Tokyo they've just arrived ou come from Tokyo

j'arrive tout juste de vacances I'm just back from my holidays

2. [finir - dans un classement] to come (in)

arriver le premier/dernier

a. [coureur] to come in first/last, to take first/last place

b. [invité] to arrive first/last, to be the first/last to arrive

3. [venir] to come, to approach

tu es prêt? — j'arrive tout de suite/dans une minute are you ready? — I'm coming/I'll be with you in a minute

j'arrive, j'arrive! I'm coming!

je n'ai pas vu la voiture arriver I didn't see the car (coming)

ils sont arrivés en voiture they came by car

une odeur de chocolat arrivait de la cuisine a smell of chocolate wafted in ou came from the kitchen

B.[DANS LE TEMPS]

1. [événement, jour, moment] to come

Noël arrive bientôt Christmas will soon be here ou with us

le jour arrivera où... the day will come when...

la soixantaine/retraite est vite arrivée sixty/retirement is soon here

le grand jour est arrivé! the big day's here at last!

l'aube arriva enfin dawn broke at last

2. [se produire] to happen

comment est-ce arrivé? how did it happen?

un accident est si vite arrivé! accidents will happen!

ce sont des choses qui arrivent these things happen

il s'est fait renvoyer — ça devait lui arriver he got fired — it was bound to happen

ça peut arriver à tout le monde de se tromper! everybody makes mistakes!

ça n'arrive pas qu'aux autres it's easy to think it'll never happen to you

ça ne t'arrive jamais d'être de mauvaise humeur? aren't you ever in a bad mood?

tu ne te décourages jamais? — si, ça m'arrive don't you ever get discouraged? — yes, from time to time

tu es encore en retard. Que cela ne t'arrive plus! you're late again. Don't let it happen again!

————————

[arive] verbe impersonnel

1. [venir]

il arrive un train toutes les heures there's a train every hour

2. [aventure, événement]

il est arrivé un accident there's been an accident

comme il arrive souvent en pareilles circonstances as is often the case in such circumstances

il m'est arrivé une histoire incroyable! something incredible happened to me!

s'il m'arrivait quelque chose, prévenez mon père if anything happens ou should anything happen to me, let my father know

pourvu qu'il ne lui soit rien arrivé! let's hope nothing's happened to her!

3. [se produire parfois]

il arrive que: ne peut-il pas arriver que l'ordinateur se trompe? couldn't the computer ever make a mistake?

il m'arrive parfois de le rencontrer dans la rue sometimes I meet him in the street

s'il arrivait que je sois ou fusse (soutenu) absent if I happened to be absent

————————

arriver à verbe plus préposition

1. [niveau, taille, lieu]

le bas du rideau arrive à 20 cm du sol the bottom of the curtain is 20 cm above the ground

le fil du téléphone n'arrive pas jusqu'à ma chambre the phone cord doesn't reach ou isn't long enough to reach my bedroom

des bruits de conversation arrivaient jusqu'à nous the sound of chatter reached us

ses cheveux lui arrivent à la taille her hair comes down to her waist

ma nièce m'arrive à l'épaule my niece comes up to my shoulder

la boue m'arrivait jusqu'aux genoux the mud came up to my knees, I was knee-deep in mud

2. [étape, moment, conclusion] to come to, to reach

où (en) étions-nous arrivés la semaine dernière? [dans une leçon] where did we get up to ou had we got to last week?

j'arrive à un âge où... I've reached an age when...

et ses tableaux? — j'y arrive/arrivais what about his paintings? — I'm/I was coming to that

3. [rang, résultat] to get

[succès] to achieve

tu as refait l'addition? — oui, j'arrive au même total que toi did you redo the calculations? — yes, I get the same result as you

(en usage absolu) [réussir socialement] to succeed, to be successful

si tu veux arriver if you want to get on ou to succeed in life

4. [pouvoir, réussir à]

arriver à faire quelque chose to manage to do something, to succeed in doing something

tu n'arriveras jamais à la convaincre you'll never manage to convince her, you'll never succeed in convincing her

je n'arrive pas à m'y habituer I just can't get used to it

je n'arrive pas à comprendre son refus I can't understand why he said no

je parie que tu n'y arriveras pas! I bet you won't be able to do it!

tu m'aides? je n'y arrive pas! can you help me? I can't do ou manage it!

tu n'arriveras jamais à rien you'll never get anywhere

je n'arriverai jamais à rien avec lui! I'll never be able to do anything with him!

5. (locution)

(en) arriver à quelque chose [en venir à]: comment peut-on en arriver au suicide? how can anybody get to the point of contemplating suicide?

j'en arrive à penser que... I'm beginning to think that...

j'en arrive parfois à me demander si... sometimes I (even) wonder if...

en arriver là: depuis, je ne lui parle plus — c'est malheureux d'en arriver là since then, I haven't spoken to him — it's a shame it has come to that

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > arriver
5 vez

f.

1 time.

de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again

vete de una vez just go, for heaven's sake

en vez de instead of

érase una vez once upon a time

hacer las veces de to act as

muchas veces often, a lot

otra vez again

pocas veces, rara vez rarely, seldom

por última/enésima vez for the last/umpteenth time

tal vez perhaps, maybe

una vez más once again

una vez que once, after

una y otra vez time and again

una vez once

¿te acuerdas de una vez (en) que fuimos a pescar? do you remember that time we went fishing?

dos veces twice

tres veces three times

¿has estado allí alguna vez? have you ever been there?

a mi/tu/etc vez in my/your/etc turn

a la vez (que) at the same time (as)

alguna que otra vez occasionally

a veces, algunas veces sometimes, at times

cada vez (que) every time

cada vez más more and more

resulta cada vez más difícil it's getting harder and harder

cada vez menos less and less

cada vez la veo más feliz she seems happier and happier

de una vez in one go

de una vez para siempre o por todas once and for all

2 turn (turno).

¿quién lleva o da la vez? who's the last in the queue o (British) line? (United States)

voy a pedir la vez I'm going to ask who's last

* * *

vez

► nombre femenino (pl veces)

1 time

■ fue la única vez que la vi it was the only time I saw her

■ una vez once

■ dos veces twice

■ cuatro veces four times

2 (turno) turn; (ocasión) occasion

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a la vez at the same time, at once

■ todos llegaron a la vez they all arrived at the same time

a su vez in turn

a veces sometimes

alguna que otra vez on the odd occasion

alguna vez sometimes 2 (en pregunta) ever

■ ¿has estado alguna vez allí? have you ever been there?

algunas veces sometimes

cada vez every time, each time

cada vez más more and more, increasingly

■ el edificio está cada vez más degradado the building is getting more and more dilapidated

cada vez peor worse and worse

■ sus libros están cada vez peores his books are getting worse and worse

de una vez (de un acto) in one go 2 (definitivamente) once and for all

■ terminó el cuadro de una vez she finished the painting in one go

■ ¡acabémoslo de una vez! let's get it over with!

de una vez para siempre once and for all

de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again, every now and then, every so often

■ lo encuentro por la calle de vez en cuando I see him in the street now and again

en vez de instead of

érase una vez... / había una vez... (en cuentos) once upon a time...

hacer las veces de to act as

muchas veces often

otra vez again

■ tócala otra vez, Sam play it again, Sam

perder la vez to lose one's turn

* * *

noun f.

1) time

2) occasion

•

- en vez de

* * *

SF

1) (=ocasión) time

aquella vez — that time

por esta vez — this time, this once

la próxima vez — next time

•a la vez, hablaban todos a la vez — they were all talking at once o at the same time

canta a la vez que toca — she sings and plays at the same time, she sings while she plays

me fascina a la vez que me repele — I find it both fascinating and revolting at the same time

•¿has estado alguna vez en...? — have you ever been to...?

alguna que otra vez — occasionally, now and again

• las más de las veces — mostly, in most cases

• por primera vez — for the first time

la primera vez que lo vi — the first time I saw him

• toda vez que... — since..., given that...

• por última vez — for the last time

¿cuándo lo viste por última vez? — when was the last time you saw him?, when did you see him last?
tal 3., 3)
2) (indicando frecuencia)

lo he hecho cien veces — I've done it hundreds o lots of times *

¿cuántas veces al año? — how many times a year?

tres veces — three times

es cinco veces más caro — it's five times more expensive, it costs five times as much

•a veces, [algunas] veces — sometimes, at times

• contadas veces — seldom

• de vez en cuando — now and again, from time to time, occasionally

•¿ cuántas veces? — how often?, how many times?

• dos veces — twice

a una velocidad dos veces superior a la del sonido — at twice the speed of sound

•en... veces, se fríen las patatas en dos veces — fry the potatoes in two batches

• por enésima vez — for the umpteenth time *

• muchas veces — often

• otra vez — again

• pocas veces — seldom, rarely

• rara vez, [raras] veces — seldom, rarely

• repetidas veces — again and again, over and over again

• una vez — once

la veo una vez a la semana — I see her once a week

una vez dice que sí y otra que no — first he says yes and then he says no, one time he says yes, the next he says no

más de una vez — more than once

érase o había una vez una princesa... — once upon a time there was a princess...

"una vez al año no hace daño" — once in a while can't hurt

una y otra vez — time and (time) again

• varias veces — several times
cada 2)
3) (otras expresiones)

• de una vez — (=en una sola ocasión) in one go; (=definitivamente) once and for all *

las derribó todas de una vez — she knocked them all down in one go

¡acabemos de una vez! — let's get it over with (once and for all)! *

¡cállate de una vez! — for the last time, shut up! *

¡dilo de una vez! — just say it!

•en vez de — instead of

• hacer las veces de — to serve as

un vestíbulo que hacía las veces de vestuario — a hall that served as a changing room

hizo las veces de musa y amante del poeta — she was a muse and lover to the poet

• una vez que — once

una vez que me lo dijo se fue — once he had told me, he left

una vez que se hayan marchado todos me iré yo — once they've all left, I'll go too

• de una vez para siempre, de una vez por [todas] — once and for all *, for good

4) (=turno) turn, go

a su vez — in turn

cuando le llegue la vez — when his turn comes

• ceder la vez — (gen) to give up one's turn; (en cola) to give up one's place

• pedir la vez — to ask who's last in the queue

• quitar la vez a algn — to push in in front of sb

5) (Mat)

siete veces nueve — seven times nine

* * *

femenino

1) ( ocasión) time

una vez/dos veces — once/twice

una vez por semana/año — once a week/year

me acuerdo de una/aquella vez cuando... — I remember once/that time when...

la última/primera vez que lo vi — the last/first time I saw him

mil veces or miles de veces — a thousand times o thousands of times

alguna vez me he sentido tentada — there have been times when I've been tempted

algunas veces — sometimes

¿te has arrepentido alguna vez? — have you ever regretted it?

la de veces or las veces que se lo dije! — the (number of) times I told him!

érase or había una vez — (liter) once upon a time (liter)

por primera vez — for the first time

otra vez — again

¿por qué no lo dejamos para otra vez? — why don't we leave it for another time o day?

repetidas veces — again and again, time and again

por esta vez pase — we'll forget it this time

otra vez será — maybe next time

una vez más — once again o more

las más de las veces — more often than not

2) (en locs)

a la vez — at the same time

a mi/tu/su vez — for my/your/his part

... quien a su vez depende del director —... who in turn reports to the director

a veces — sometimes

cada vez — every o each time

lo encuentro cada vez más viejo — he looks older every time I see him

se utiliza cada vez más — it's being used increasingly o more and more

cada vez menos — less and less

de una vez — ( expresando impaciencia) once and for all; ( simultáneamente) in one go

de vez en cuando — from time to time, every now and then

en vez de — instead of

rara vez — seldom, hardly ever

una vez — once

una vez que hayan terminado — once o when you have finished

hacer las veces de algo — caja/libro to serve as something; persona to act as something

3) (Mat)

cabe una vez y sobran dos — it goes once and two left over

4) (Esp) ( turno en una cola)

¿quién tiene or me da la vez? — who's last?

pedir la vez — to ask who's last

* * *

= turn, moment.

Ex. In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.

Ex. There were moments when he could be almost affectionate, moments when his thoughts did not seem to be turned inward upon his own anxious solicitudes.

----

* a la vez = at once, at one time, at similar times, at the same time, concurrently, side-by-side, simultaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, in tandem, at the one time, in a tandem fashion, at a time, in unison.

* a la vez que = hand in hand (with), cum, in conjunction with, in unison with.

* alguna que otra vez = from time to time, every once in a while, occasional, every now and then, every now and again.

* algunas veces = sometimes, from time to time, occasionally.

* alguna vez = ever, on any one occasion.

* aparecer por primera vez = premiere.

* a su vez = Verbo + further, in turn, in its/their turn.

* a veces = at times, sometimes, at various times, from time to time, on occasion(s).

* a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.

* a veces sales jodido = shit happens.

* búsqueda de varios ficheros a la vez = multi-file searching.

* cada vez = at a time, each time, every time [everytime].

* cada vez en mayor grado = ever-increasing.

* cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.

* cada vez más abultado = swelling.

* cada vez más + Adjetivo = ever + Adjetivo Comparativo.

* cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.

* cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.

* cada vez más extendido = spreading.

* cada vez más fácil = ever easier.

* cada vez más lejos = further and further.

* cada vez más rápido = ever faster.

* cada vez más restringido = tightening.

* cada vez más tenue = fading.

* cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].

* cada vez mayor = escalating, ever-growing, ever-increasing, expanded, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, spiralling [spiraling, -USA], rapidly growing, expanding, constantly rising, ever larger [ever-larger], galloping, steadily rising, steadily growing, mushrooming, ever greater, rapidly expanding, deepening, swelling, ever-widening, burgeoning, heightening.

* cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.

* cada vez menor = decreasing, dwindling, diminishing, waning, declining, falling, shrinking, receding, sinking, ebbing, descending.

* cada vez menos = less and less.

* cada vez mucho mayor = exploding, fast-increasing.

* cada vez peor = worsening.

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* cien veces = hundred-fold.

* cuantas veces se quiera = any number of times.

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* demanda cada vez menor = falling demand.

* demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure.

* demasiadas veces = one too many times.

* desajuste cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.

* desajuste cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.

* de una sola vez = once-only, at one pull, at one whack, in one shot, in one lump, in one action, in one go, in one fell swoop, at one fell swoop.

* de una vez = at one blow, at one time, in one action, in one step, in a single step, at one whack, in a single phase, in one shot, in one fell swoop, at one fell swoop.

* de una vez por todas = once and for all, once for all.

* de vez en cuando = from time to time, now and then, now and again, once in a while, every once in a while, at various times, occasionally, off and on, on and off, occasional, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* diez veces = tenfold.

* diferencia cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.

* diferencia cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and.

* distanciamiento cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and, widening of the gap beween.... and.

* dos veces = doubly, twice.

* dos veces al año = twice yearly [twice-yearly], semiannual [semi-annual].

* dos veces a la semana = twice-weekly, biweekly [bi-weekly], twice a week.

* editar varias veces = go into + a number of editions.

* en la mayoría de las veces = in most cases, mostly.

* entrada de datos sólo una vez = one-time entry.

* en un número cada vez mayor = in increasing numbers.

* en vez de = in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.

* esta vez = this time around/round, this time.

* ganar cada vez más importancia = grow from + strength to strength.

* ganarle la vez a = outdo, trump.

* guardar Algo para otra vez = save for + a rainy day.

* hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* importancia cada vez mayor = growing importance, growing significance.

* interés cada vez mayor = growing interest.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, go from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la primera vez = the first time around.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* la segunda vez = the second time around.

* la última vez = last time.

* la última vez que = the last time.

* más de una vez = more than once.

* mostrar por primera vez = premiere.

* muchas veces = multiple times.

* muy rara vez = all too seldom, all too seldom, once in a blue moon.

* ni siquiera una vez = not once (did).

* ni una sola vez = not once (did).

* Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.

* Número + veces más = Número + times as many.

* Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.

* ocurrir todo a la vez = happen + all at once.

* Ordinal + vez = Ordinal + time around/round.

* otra vez = again, once again, once more, redux.

* pagar dos veces = double-pay.

* pensárselo dos veces = think + twice.

* pero a la vez = but then again.

* población cada vez más envejecida = greying population [graying population].

* popularidad cada vez mayor = growing popularity.

* por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.

* por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.

* por última vez = for the last time, one last time.

* pospuesto una y otra vez = ever-postponed.

* práctica cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.

* preocupación cada vez mayor (por) = growing concern (about).

* presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.

* presupuesto cada vez menor = shrinking budget.

* primera vez, la = first time, the.

* problema cada vez mayor = growing problem.

* problemas cada vez mayores = mounting problems.

* próxima vez, la = next time.

* pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.

* que se repite una y otra vez = recurring.

* que sucede sólo una vez = one-off.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* rara vez = infrequently, rarely, seldom, uncommonly, on rare occasions.

* repetidas veces = repeatedly, time after time, time and again, time and time again.

* separación cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and.

* ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* si alguna vez lo fue = if it ever was.

* si es que sucede alguna vez = if ever.

* sin pensárselo dos veces = without a second thought, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, at the drop of a hat.

* sólo se vive una vez = you only live once.

* todo a la vez = all at once.

* todo de una vez = in one lump.

* tres veces = thrice, three times.

* una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.

* una primera y última vez = a first and last time.

* una segunda vez = a second time around, a second time.

* una última vez = one last time.

* una vez = once, one time.

* una vez al año = annually, once a year.

* una vez a la semana = once a week.

* una vez al mes = once a month.

* una vez cada dos semanas = once a fortnight.

* una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.

* una vez cumplimentado = completed.

* una vez en la vida = once in a lifetime.

* una vez en + Posesivo + vida = once in + Posesivo + lifetime.

* una vez más = again, yet again.

* una vez + Participio = upon + Nombre.

* una vez + Participio Pasado = having + Participio Pasado, having + just + Participio Pasado.

* una vez + Participio Pasado + Nombre = with + Nombre + Participio Pasado.

* una vez que = when.

* una vez que + Frase = once + Frase.

* una vez quincenalmente = once a fortnight.

* una vez relleno = completed.

* una y otra vez = over and over, repeatedly, repetitively, time after time, time and time again, again and again, time and again, over and over again.

* un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of, a growing body of.

* un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of, a growing body of.

* un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.

* un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of, a growing body of.

* variar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.

* veinte veces = twenty-fold.

* verificar dos veces = double-check [doublecheck].

* y a la vez = cum, yet.

* * *

femenino

1) ( ocasión) time

una vez/dos veces — once/twice

una vez por semana/año — once a week/year

me acuerdo de una/aquella vez cuando... — I remember once/that time when...

la última/primera vez que lo vi — the last/first time I saw him

mil veces or miles de veces — a thousand times o thousands of times

alguna vez me he sentido tentada — there have been times when I've been tempted

algunas veces — sometimes

¿te has arrepentido alguna vez? — have you ever regretted it?

la de veces or las veces que se lo dije! — the (number of) times I told him!

érase or había una vez — (liter) once upon a time (liter)

por primera vez — for the first time

otra vez — again

¿por qué no lo dejamos para otra vez? — why don't we leave it for another time o day?

repetidas veces — again and again, time and again

por esta vez pase — we'll forget it this time

otra vez será — maybe next time

una vez más — once again o more

las más de las veces — more often than not

2) (en locs)

a la vez — at the same time

a mi/tu/su vez — for my/your/his part

... quien a su vez depende del director —... who in turn reports to the director

a veces — sometimes

cada vez — every o each time

lo encuentro cada vez más viejo — he looks older every time I see him

se utiliza cada vez más — it's being used increasingly o more and more

cada vez menos — less and less

de una vez — ( expresando impaciencia) once and for all; ( simultáneamente) in one go

de vez en cuando — from time to time, every now and then

en vez de — instead of

rara vez — seldom, hardly ever

una vez — once

una vez que hayan terminado — once o when you have finished

hacer las veces de algo — caja/libro to serve as something; persona to act as something

3) (Mat)

cabe una vez y sobran dos — it goes once and two left over

4) (Esp) ( turno en una cola)

¿quién tiene or me da la vez? — who's last?

pedir la vez — to ask who's last

* * *

= turn, moment.

Ex: In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.

Ex: There were moments when he could be almost affectionate, moments when his thoughts did not seem to be turned inward upon his own anxious solicitudes.

* a la vez = at once, at one time, at similar times, at the same time, concurrently, side-by-side, simultaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, in tandem, at the one time, in a tandem fashion, at a time, in unison.

* a la vez que = hand in hand (with), cum, in conjunction with, in unison with.

* alguna que otra vez = from time to time, every once in a while, occasional, every now and then, every now and again.

* algunas veces = sometimes, from time to time, occasionally.

* alguna vez = ever, on any one occasion.

* aparecer por primera vez = premiere.

* a su vez = Verbo + further, in turn, in its/their turn.

* a veces = at times, sometimes, at various times, from time to time, on occasion(s).

* a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.

* a veces sales jodido = shit happens.

* búsqueda de varios ficheros a la vez = multi-file searching.

* cada vez = at a time, each time, every time [everytime].

* cada vez en mayor grado = ever-increasing.

* cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.

* cada vez más abultado = swelling.

* cada vez más + Adjetivo = ever + Adjetivo Comparativo.

* cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.

* cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.

* cada vez más extendido = spreading.

* cada vez más fácil = ever easier.

* cada vez más lejos = further and further.

* cada vez más rápido = ever faster.

* cada vez más restringido = tightening.

* cada vez más tenue = fading.

* cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].

* cada vez mayor = escalating, ever-growing, ever-increasing, expanded, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, spiralling [spiraling, -USA], rapidly growing, expanding, constantly rising, ever larger [ever-larger], galloping, steadily rising, steadily growing, mushrooming, ever greater, rapidly expanding, deepening, swelling, ever-widening, burgeoning, heightening.

* cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.

* cada vez menor = decreasing, dwindling, diminishing, waning, declining, falling, shrinking, receding, sinking, ebbing, descending.

* cada vez menos = less and less.

* cada vez mucho mayor = exploding, fast-increasing.

* cada vez peor = worsening.

* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.

* cien veces = hundred-fold.

* cuantas veces se quiera = any number of times.

* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.

* demanda cada vez menor = falling demand.

* demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure.

* demasiadas veces = one too many times.

* desajuste cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.

* desajuste cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.

* de una sola vez = once-only, at one pull, at one whack, in one shot, in one lump, in one action, in one go, in one fell swoop, at one fell swoop.

* de una vez = at one blow, at one time, in one action, in one step, in a single step, at one whack, in a single phase, in one shot, in one fell swoop, at one fell swoop.

* de una vez por todas = once and for all, once for all.

* de vez en cuando = from time to time, now and then, now and again, once in a while, every once in a while, at various times, occasionally, off and on, on and off, occasional, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.

* diez veces = tenfold.

* diferencia cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.

* diferencia cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and.

* distanciamiento cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and, widening of the gap beween.... and.

* dos veces = doubly, twice.

* dos veces al año = twice yearly [twice-yearly], semiannual [semi-annual].

* dos veces a la semana = twice-weekly, biweekly [bi-weekly], twice a week.

* editar varias veces = go into + a number of editions.

* en la mayoría de las veces = in most cases, mostly.

* entrada de datos sólo una vez = one-time entry.

* en un número cada vez mayor = in increasing numbers.

* en vez de = in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.

* esta vez = this time around/round, this time.

* ganar cada vez más importancia = grow from + strength to strength.

* ganarle la vez a = outdo, trump.

* guardar Algo para otra vez = save for + a rainy day.

* hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* importancia cada vez mayor = growing importance, growing significance.

* interés cada vez mayor = growing interest.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, go from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la primera vez = the first time around.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* la segunda vez = the second time around.

* la última vez = last time.

* la última vez que = the last time.

* más de una vez = more than once.

* mostrar por primera vez = premiere.

* muchas veces = multiple times.

* muy rara vez = all too seldom, all too seldom, once in a blue moon.

* ni siquiera una vez = not once (did).

* ni una sola vez = not once (did).

* Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.

* Número + veces más = Número + times as many.

* Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.

* ocurrir todo a la vez = happen + all at once.

* Ordinal + vez = Ordinal + time around/round.

* otra vez = again, once again, once more, redux.

* pagar dos veces = double-pay.

* pensárselo dos veces = think + twice.

* pero a la vez = but then again.

* población cada vez más envejecida = greying population [graying population].

* popularidad cada vez mayor = growing popularity.

* por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.

* por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.

* por última vez = for the last time, one last time.

* pospuesto una y otra vez = ever-postponed.

* práctica cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.

* preocupación cada vez mayor (por) = growing concern (about).

* presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.

* presupuesto cada vez menor = shrinking budget.

* primera vez, la = first time, the.

* problema cada vez mayor = growing problem.

* problemas cada vez mayores = mounting problems.

* próxima vez, la = next time.

* pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.

* que se repite una y otra vez = recurring.

* que sucede sólo una vez = one-off.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* rara vez = infrequently, rarely, seldom, uncommonly, on rare occasions.

* repetidas veces = repeatedly, time after time, time and again, time and time again.

* separación cada vez mayor entre... y = widening gap between... and.

* ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.

* si alguna vez lo fue = if it ever was.

* si es que sucede alguna vez = if ever.

* sin pensárselo dos veces = without a second thought, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, at the drop of a hat.

* sólo se vive una vez = you only live once.

* todo a la vez = all at once.

* todo de una vez = in one lump.

* tres veces = thrice, three times.

* una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.

* una primera y última vez = a first and last time.

* una segunda vez = a second time around, a second time.

* una última vez = one last time.

* una vez = once, one time.

* una vez al año = annually, once a year.

* una vez a la semana = once a week.

* una vez al mes = once a month.

* una vez cada dos semanas = once a fortnight.

* una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.

* una vez cumplimentado = completed.

* una vez en la vida = once in a lifetime.

* una vez en + Posesivo + vida = once in + Posesivo + lifetime.

* una vez más = again, yet again.

* una vez + Participio = upon + Nombre.

* una vez + Participio Pasado = having + Participio Pasado, having + just + Participio Pasado.

* una vez + Participio Pasado + Nombre = with + Nombre + Participio Pasado.

* una vez que = when.

* una vez que + Frase = once + Frase.

* una vez quincenalmente = once a fortnight.

* una vez relleno = completed.

* una y otra vez = over and over, repeatedly, repetitively, time after time, time and time again, again and again, time and again, over and over again.

* un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of, a growing body of.

* un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of, a growing body of.

* un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.

* un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of, a growing body of.

* variar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.

* veinte veces = twenty-fold.

* verificar dos veces = double-check [doublecheck].

* y a la vez = cum, yet.

* * *

vez

feminine

A (ocasión) time

lo leí una vez/dos veces/tres veces I read it once/twice/three times

una vez por semana/año once a week/year

me acuerdo de una/aquella vez cuando … I remember once/that time when …

es la última vez que te lo pido I'm not going to ask you again

ésa fue la última vez que lo vi that was the last time I saw him

se lo he dicho mil veces or miles de veces I've told him a thousand times o thousands of times

alguna vez me he sentido tentada there have been times o there has been the odd time when I've been tempted

algunas veces me dan ganas de dejarlo at times o sometimes I feel like leaving him, there are times when I feel like leaving him

¿alguna vez te has arrepentido? have you ever regretted it?

¡la de veces or las veces que le dije que no lo hiciera! the (number of) times I told him not to do it!

érase or había una vez ( liter); once upon a time ( liter)

por primera vez for the first time

no es la primera vez que sucede it's not the first time it's happened

¡cuéntamelo otra vez! tell me again!

¿por qué no lo dejamos para otra vez? why don't we leave it for another time o day?

me lo he preguntado repetidas veces I've asked myself again and again o time and again

por enésima vez for the umpteenth time

por esta vez pase we'll forget it this time

la próxima vez lo haces tú next time you can do it

no nos tocó nada — bueno, otra vez será … we didn't get anything — never mind, maybe next time o there's always next time

una vez más se salió con la suya once again she got her own way

agradeciéndole una vez más su cooperación ( Corresp) thanking you once again o once more for your cooperation

las más de las veces llega tarde he's late more often than not

B ( en locs):

a la vez at the same time

todos hablaban a la vez they were all talking at once o at the same time

a mi/tu/su vez for my/your/his part

el gobernador, a su vez, agregó que … the governor, for his part, added that …

luego hay un jefe de sección que a su vez depende del director de ventas then there's a head of department who in turn reports to the sales director

a veces sometimes

a veces me pregunto si no tendrá razón sometimes I wonder o there are times when I wonder if she might be right

cada vez: cada vez que viene nos peleamos every time o whenever he comes we fight, we always fight when he comes

este método se está utilizando cada vez más this method is being used increasingly o more and more

lo encuentro cada vez más viejo he looks older every time I see him

se nota cada vez menos it's becoming less and less noticeable

cada vez es más difícil encontrar trabajo it's getting more and more difficult o it's getting increasingly difficult to find work

de una vez (expresando impaciencia) once and for all; (simultáneamente) in one go

¡a ver si se callan de una vez! once and for all, will you be quiet!

a ver si solucionamos este problema de una vez (por todas) let's see if we can solve this problem once and for all

apagó todas las velas de una vez she blew out all the candles in one go

de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again, every now and then

en vez de instead of

en vez de ayudar molesta instead of helping he gets in the way

rara vez rarely, seldom, hardly ever

rara vez se equivoca she hardly ever o seldom o rarely makes a mistake

una vez once

una vez transcurridos dos años once two years have passed, after two years

una vez frío, cubrir con mayonesa once o when cool, cover with mayonnaise

una vez que hayan terminado se pueden retirar once o when you have finished you may leave

hacer las veces de algo «caja/libro» to serve as sth;

«persona» to act as sth

una vez al año no hace daño once in a while doesn't do any harm

tal³ adv B. (↑ tal (3))

C ( Mat):

cabe una vez y sobran dos it goes once and two left over

diez veces más grande que la nuestra ten times bigger than ours

D

( Esp) (turno en una cola): ¿quién tiene or me da la vez? who's last in line ( AmE) o ( BrE) in the queue?

hay que pedir la vez you have to ask who's last

* * *

vez sustantivo femenino
1 ( ocasión) time;
◊ una vez/dos veces once/twice;

una vez por semana once a week;
me acuerdo de una/aquella vez cuando … I remember once/that time when …;
la última vez que lo vi the last time I saw him;
mil veces or miles de veces a thousand times, thousands of times;
algunas veces sometimes;
¿te has arrepentido alguna vez? have you ever regretted it?;
érase una vez (liter) once upon a time (liter);
por primera vez for the first time;
otra vez again;
déjalo para otra vez leave it for another time o day;
otra vez será maybe next time;
una vez más once again
2 ( en locs)
◊ a la vez at the same time;

a veces sometimes;
cada vez every o each time;
cada vez más more and more;
lo encuentro cada vez más viejo he looks older every time I see him;
cada vez menos less and less;
de una vez ( expresando impaciencia) once and for all;

( simultáneamente) in one go;
◊ de vez en cuando from time to time, every now and then;

en vez de instead of;
rara vez seldom, hardly ever;
una vez once;
una vez que hayas terminado once o when you have finished
3 (Esp) ( turno en una cola): ¿quién tiene or me da la vez? who's last?;
◊ pedir la vez to ask who's last

vez f (pl veces)
1 (ocasión, tiempo en que sucede algo) time
una vez, once
dos veces, twice
tres veces seguidas, three times running
a veces/algunas veces, sometimes ➣ Ver nota en sometimes; a la vez, at the same time
cada vez, every o each time
cada vez más/cada vez menos, more and more/less and less
de vez en cuando/de vez en vez/alguna que otra vez, from time to time o every now and then
de una vez, (sin interrupción) in one go
(expresando impaciencia) ¡terminemos de una vez!, let's have done with it!
de una vez por todas/de una vez para siempre, once and for all
en vez de, instead of
otra vez, again
otra vez será, maybe next time
rara vez, seldom, rarely
te lo he dicho repetidas veces, I've told you time after time
una y otra vez, time and (time) again
érase o había una vez..., once upon a time there was...
tal vez, perhaps, maybe ➣ Ver nota en maybe 2 Mat 4 veces 6, 4 times 6
3 (funcionar como algo) hacer las veces de, to act as, serve as
4 (turno en una cola, etc) turn
' vez' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- alguna
- alguno
- asomar
- cada
- conocer
- contigo
- cuando
- definitivamente
- dejarse
- día
- enésima
- enésimo
- escachifollarse
- excusa
- gallina
- haber
- historiada
- historiado
- jamás
- jurarse
- más
- menos
- mientras
- ni
- par
- para
- pegarse
- poltrona
- repetirse
- reventa
- sobria
- sobrio
- sola
- solo
- solventar
- tabla
- tacada
- tal
- año
- aplazamiento
- aplazar
- bueno
- callar
- estrenar
- finalizar
- golpe
- intentar
- mejor
- mes
English:
A
- again
- agent
- amazing
- and
- anew
- annoy
- be
- better
- busy signal
- butt in
- card
- circle
- clean
- clog up
- consider
- day
- deserve
- dig out
- do
- downhill
- each
- elapse
- election
- ever
- every
- expect
- first
- first-time
- flower
- for
- goings-on
- goof
- growing
- herself
- himself
- hundredth
- increasingly
- instead
- last
- less
- lieu
- lifetime
- maybe
- misspell
- monthly
- more
- neither
- never
- next

* * *

vez nf

1. [ocasión] time;

¿te acuerdas de una vez (en) que fuimos a pescar? do you remember that time we went fishing?;

¿has estado allí alguna vez? have you ever been there?;

hay veces (en) que es mejor callarse there are times when o sometimes it's better to keep quiet;

a mi/tu/su vez: él a su vez se lo dijo a su mujer he, in turn, told his wife;

yo a mi vez haré lo que pueda I, for my part, will do whatever I can;

a la vez at the same time;

a la vez podríamos hacer la compra we could do the shopping at the same time;

así a la vez que leo, estudio this way, while I'm reading, I'm also studying;

de una (sola) vez in one go;

de una vez (para siempre o [m5] por todas) once and for all;

¡cállate de una vez! why don't you just shut up!;

vete de una vez just go, for heaven's sake;

érase una vez once upon a time;

ha llamado otra vez she called again;

déjalo para otra vez leave it for another time;

otra vez será maybe next time;

por enésima vez for the umpteenth time;

por esta vez pase I'll let you off this time o just this once;

por primera vez, por vez primera for the first time;

por última vez for the last time;
Formal
toda vez que since;

una vez más once again;

una vez que hayas terminado once you've finished;

una vez dorada la carne…, una vez que la carne está dorada… once the meat is golden brown…

2. [para expresar frecuencia]
una vez once;

una vez al día/mes once a day/month;

dos veces twice;

tres veces three times;

te lo he dicho muchas/mil veces I've told you many/a thousand times;

alguna que otra vez occasionally;

a veces, algunas veces sometimes, at times;

cada vez every time;

cada vez que lo veo every time (that) I see him;

cada vez más more and more;

cada vez menos less and less;

cada vez la veo más/menos feliz she seems happier and happier/less and less happy;

resulta cada vez más difícil it's getting harder and harder;

de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again;

muy de vez en cuando very occasionally;

muchas veces [con frecuencia] often;

pocas veces rarely, seldom;

rara vez rarely, seldom;

repetidas veces repeatedly, time and again;

una y otra vez time and again

3. [substitución]
en vez de instead of;

en vez de trabajar tanto deberías salir un poco más you should go out more instead of working so hard;

hacer las veces de [persona] to act as;
[objeto, aparato, mueble] to serve as
4. [en multiplicaciones, divisiones] time;

es tres veces mayor it's three times as big;

estas pilas producen diez veces más energía que las normales these batteries produce ten times as much energy as ordinary ones

5. [turno] turn;

¿quién da o [m5] lleva la vez? who's the last in the Br queue o US line?;

voy a pedir la vez I'm going to ask who's last

* * *

vez

f

1 time;

a la vez at the same time;

¿cuántas veces? how many times?, how often?;

esta vez this time;

la otra vez the other time;

otra vez será some other time;

cada vez que every time that;

de vez en cuando from time to time;

otra vez again;

una vez once;

érase una vez once upon a time, there was;

una vez no cuenta just once doesn’t count o matter;

una vez más once again;

una vez que hayamos llegado … once we’ve arrived …;

de una vez para siempre once and for all;

una y otra vez time and time again;

a veces sometimes;

muchas veces ( con frecuencia) often;

ninguna vez never;

rara vez seldom, rarely;

tantas veces so many times, so often;

varias veces several times;

de una sola vez in just one shot;

por primera vez for the first time;

2 ( turno)

:

es mi vez it’s my turn

3

:

hacer las veces de de objeto serve as; de persona act as;

tal vez perhaps, maybe;

a su vez for his/her part;

en vez de instead of

* * *

vez nf, pl veces

1) : time, occasion

a la vez: at the same time

a veces: at times, occasionally

de vez en cuando: from time to time

2) (with numbers) : time

una vez: once

de una vez: all at once

de una vez para siempre: once and for all

dos veces: twice

3) : turn

a su vez: in turn

en vez de: instead of

hacer las veces de: to act as, to stand in for

* * *

vez n

1. (en general) time

la primera vez the first time

tres veces a la semana three times a week

2. (turno) turn

espera a que llegue tu vez wait till it's your turn

a la vez at the same time / at once

a veces sometimes

de una vez once and for all

de vez en cuando from time to time

dos veces twice

en vez de instead of

érase una vez once upon a time

otra vez again

tal vez perhaps

una vez once

Spanish-English dictionary > vez
6 quando

when

per quando? when?

da quando? how long?

quando vengo when I come

ogni volta che whenever I come

di quando in quando now and then, from time to time

* * *

quando avv.

1 when: quando l'hai visto l'ultima volta?, when did you see him last?; quando verrai?, when will you come?; quand'è il concerto?, when is the concert?; quando partite?, when are you leaving?; quando la smetterai di preoccuparti per tutto?, when will you stop worrying about everything?; non so quando ci rivedremo, I don't know when we'll meet again; dimmi quando ti posso telefonare, tell me when I can phone you; ti hanno detto quando sarebbero arrivati?, did they tell you when they would arrive?; fammi sapere quando passerai da Milano, let me know when you're coming to Milan // a quando?, when?: a quando le nozze?, when will the wedding be? (o when is the wedding?); a quando la laurea?, when will you take your degree? // da quando?, since when?; ( da quanto tempo) how long?: ''é a letto ammalato'' ''Da quando?'', ''He's ill in bed'' ''Since when?''; da quando non lo vedi?, how long is it since you last saw him?; da quando abita qui?, how long has he been living here?; da quando lo conosci?, how long have you known him?; da quando ti sei messo a dare ordini qui?, since when have you been giving orders round here? // di quando è questo giornale?, what is the date of this newspaper?; sai di quando è quel palazzo?, do you know when that building dates from? // fino a quando?, how long? (o till when?): fino a quando starai qui?, how long (o till when) will you be here? // per quando?, (by) when?: per quand'è la riunione?, when is the meeting?; per quando dev'essere finito il lavoro?, when must the work be finished by? // quando mai?, when on earth, when ever: quando mai ti ho chiesto una cosa simile?, when on earth (o whenever) did I ask you such a thing?; quando mai siete venuti a trovarmi?, when did you ever come to see me?

2 quando... quando, sometimes... sometimes: quando viaggio in treno, quando in aereo, sometimes I travel by train, sometimes by air; era sempre in ritardo, quando per un motivo, quando per un altro, he was always late, sometimes for one reason, sometimes for another // quando sì, quando no, ( non sempre) at times // di quando in quando, a quando a quando, from time to time (o now and then o occasionally).

quando cong.

1 (nel momento, nel tempo in cui) when: quando sono insieme non fanno che chiacchierare, when they are together all they do is gossip; quando arrivai, era già partito, when I arrived, he had already left; quand'era ragazzo giocava nella squadra di calcio della scuola, when he was a boy, he used to play in the school football team; quando egli ebbe finito di parlare, si levò un caloroso applauso, when he finished speaking, there was a warm round of applause; gliene parlerò quando lo vedrò, I'll mention it to him when I see him; verrò quando avrò finito di scrivere questa lettera, I'll come when I have finished writing this letter; quando sarà grande vuol fare il pilota, he wants to be a pilot when he grows up; tutto era rimasto come quando era bambino, everything was the same as when he was a child // da quando, since: da quando è in Italia, ha sempre lavorato con la stessa ditta, since he's been in Italy he has always worked for the same firm; da quando lo conosco, non ha avuto che guai, ever since I've known him, he's always been surrounded by trouble; molte cose sono accadute da quando sei partito, a great deal has happened since you left // di quando, of the time when: sono ricordi di quando eravamo in Inghilterra, they are reminders of the time when we were in England // per quando, by the time, (by) when: per quando ritorno dovete essere pronti, you must be ready by the time I get back // fino a quando, till (o until), ( fintantoché) as long as: rimase in Italia fino a quando ebbe terminato gli studi, he stayed in Italy till (o until) he had finished his studies; potete stare qui fino a quando vorrete, you can stay here as long as you like; non mi muoverò di qui fino a quando non avrò ottenuto una spiegazione, I'm not moving till I get an explanation // quand'ecco, when (suddenly): stavo per uscire, quand'ecco squillare il telefono, I was just about to go out when the phone suddenly rang // quando che sia, quando che fosse, any time // quando meno te l'aspetti, when you least expect it

2 ( ogni volta che) whenever: venite quando volete, come whever you like; si rivolgono sempre a lui quando c'è qualche problema da risolvere, they always turn to him whenever there is a problem to solve; quando parli così, non sei obiettivo, whenever you talk like that you're not being objective; quando lo incontravo, aveva sempre qualcosa da raccontarmi, whenever I met him, he always had something to tell me

3 ( mentre) while: quando studia, ascolta sempre musica, he always listens to music while he's studying; quando era ammalato, era la moglie ad occuparsi del negozio, while he was ill, his wife looked after the shop

4 ( con valore causale) since, when: è sciocco insistere, quando sai benissimo di avere torto, you're silly to keep on, since (o when) you know very well you're wrong; quando ti dico che è così, mi devi credere, you must believe me when I say that's how it is

5 (con valore condiz.) if: quand'è così..., if that is the case (o if that's so)...; quando dovessi vederlo, portagli i miei saluti, if you happen to see him, give him my regards; quando non ci fossero altri motivi, fallo per me, do it for my sake, if for nothing else; è inutile avere la casa in montagna, quando poi non ci si va mai, it's useless having a house in the mountains if you never go there; quando ne abbia fatto richiesta, il candidato può sostenere l'esame in altra sede, candidates may take the exam at a different venue if they apply to do so // quand'anche, even if, even though: quand'anche fosse così, non potrei farci nulla, even if that were the case, I couldn't do anything about it

6 ( con valore avversativo) when: perché va a piedi quando potrebbe benissimo andare in macchina?, why does he walk when he could easily go by car?; non ha detto una parola, quando ( invece) avrebbe dovuto parlare, he said nothing, when he should actually have spoken; come può pretendere d'insegnare l'inglese, quando non lo sa nemmeno parlare?, how can he expect to teach English, when he can't even speak it?

7 (con valore rel.) when: ricordo quel giorno quando ci siamo incontrati, I remember the day when we met.

quando s.m. when: voleva sapere il come e il quando, he wanted to know the how and when (o the ins and outs).

* * *
['kwando]
1. avv

when

quando arriverà? — when is he arriving?, when will he arrive?

quando vai in vacanza? — when are you going on holiday?

passerò a trovarti, ma non so quando — I'll come and see you, but I don't know when

non so quando abbia telefonato — I don't know when he phoned

da quando — since

da quando sei qui? — how long have you been here?

di quando è quel giornale? — which day's paper is that?

fino a quando continuerà così? — how long will it go on o continue like this?

quando mai avrei detto una cosa del genere? — whenever did I say anything of the kind?

di quando in quando — from time to time

ci penso di quando in quando — I think about it from time to time

a quando i confetti? — when are we going to be hearing wedding bells?

2. cong

when

ti raggiungo quando ho finito — I'll join you when I've finished

da quando sono arrivato — (ever) since I arrived

abita lì da quando era piccola — she has lived there since she was a child

piange sempre quando parto — she always cries when I leave, she cries whenever I leave

chiamami quando vuoi — call me whenever you like

quando fa così non lo sopporto — I can't stand him when he does that

quand'anche tu volessi parlargli... — even if you wanted to speak to him...

si lamenta lui quando ne avrei molto più diritto io — he's the one that's complaining, when in fact I've got much more reason to

quando te lo dico devi credermi — when I tell you something you should believe me

ci raccontava di quando era bambino — he told us about when he was a child

vorrei trovare tutto pronto per quando torno — I'd like to find everything ready for when I come back

quando si dice la sfortuna...! — talk about bad luck...!

* * *
['kwando] 1.
avverbio

1) when

quando arriva? — when is he arriving?

quand'è il concerto? — when is the concert?

non so quando arriverà — I don't know when she'll get here

da quando abitate qui? — how long have you been living here?

da quando in qua rispondi a tua madre? — since when do you answer your mother back?

di quand'è la lettera? — what is the date on the letter?

a quando il lieto evento? — when is the happy day o the baby due?

fino a quando ti fermi a Oxford? — how long are you staying in Oxford?

per quando sarà pronto? — when will it be ready?

2) di quando in quando every now and then, every now and again, every so often, every once in a while
2.
congiunzione

1) when

quando arrivò sul posto, capì — when he got there, he understood

quando arriverà, gli darete la notizia — when he gets here, you can o will tell him the news

quando avrà finito — when she's finished

mi chiami quando l'auto sarà pronta — call me when the car is ready

quando meno me l'aspettavo è arrivato — when I least expected it he arrived

ero appena uscito quando si mise a piovere — I had just gone out when it started raining

2) (preceduto da preposizione)

da quando sa nuotare, adora l'acqua — he has loved water ever since he learned to swim

da quando mi ricordo — for as long as I can remember

parlaci di quando eri in Francia — tell us about when you were in France

fino a quando — till, until

3) (ogni volta che) whenever

quando deve prendere l'aereo è sempre molto nervoso — whenever he has to fly he gets nervous

4) (in frasi esclamative)

quando penso che mia figlia ha quasi dieci anni! — to think that my daughter's almost ten!

5) (mentre) when

l'ha lasciato solo quando invece avrebbe dovuto aiutarlo — she let him down when she should have helped him

6) (visto che) since

quando le cose stanno così non ho niente da aggiungere — since it's like that I have nothing else to say

7) (qualora) if, when

quando ti capita di vederlo, salutalo da parte mia — if you happen to see him, say hello to him for me

8) quand'anche even if

9) quand'ecco when all of a sudden
3.
sostantivo maschile

il come e il quando — how and when

* * *

quando

/'kwando/

I due principali usi di quando e del suo equivalente inglese when sono quelli di avverbio e congiunzione; come mostrano gli esempi nella voce, when congiunzione non può introdurre un verbo al futuro: quando arriverà, glielo diremo = when he arrives, we'll tell him; quando sarà arrivato, se ne accorgerà = when he has arrived, he'll realize it. - Si noti che da quando si dice since (non since when), e che quando si rende con whenever se il significato richiesto è tutte le volte che.

I avverbio

1 when; quando arriva? when is he arriving? quand'è il concerto? when is the concert? non so quando arriverà I don't know when she'll get here; da quando abitate qui? how long have you been living here? da quando in qua rispondi a tua madre? since when do you answer your mother back? di quand'è la lettera? what is the date on the letter? a quando il lieto evento? when is the happy day o the baby due? fino a quando ti fermi a Oxford? how long are you staying in Oxford? per quando sarà pronto? when will it be ready?

2 di quando in quando every now and then, every now and again, every so often, every once in a while

II congiunzione

1 when; quando arrivò sul posto, capì when he got there, he understood; quando arriverà, gli darete la notizia when he gets here, you can o will tell him the news; quando avrà finito when she's finished; mi chiami quando l'auto sarà pronta call me when the car is ready; quando meno me l'aspettavo è arrivato when I least expected it he arrived; ero appena uscito quando si mise a piovere I had just gone out when it started raining

2 (preceduto da preposizione) da quando sa nuotare, adora l'acqua he has loved water ever since he learned to swim; da quando mi ricordo for as long as I can remember; parlaci di quando eri in Francia tell us about when you were in France; fino a quando till, until

3 (ogni volta che) whenever; quando deve prendere l'aereo è sempre molto nervoso whenever he has to fly he gets nervous

4 (in frasi esclamative) quando penso che mia figlia ha quasi dieci anni! to think that my daughter's almost ten!

5 (mentre) when; l'ha lasciato solo quando invece avrebbe dovuto aiutarlo she let him down when she should have helped him

6 (visto che) since; quando le cose stanno così non ho niente da aggiungere since it's like that I have nothing else to say

7 (qualora) if, when; quando ti capita di vederlo, salutalo da parte mia if you happen to see him, say hello to him for me

8 quand'anche even if

9 quand'ecco when all of a sudden

III sostantivo m.

il come e il quando how and when.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > quando
7 VERA

being

* * *

I)

(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.

1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;

2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;

3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;

4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;

5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;

6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;

7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;

8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;

9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;

10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.

II)

f.

1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;

2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).

* * *

older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.

A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:

I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.

2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.

3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.

II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.

2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.

3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.

4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).

III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.

IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.

B. USAGE.—To be:

I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.

2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.

3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.

4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.

5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).

II. with a predicate:

1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.

2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.

3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.

4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.

5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.

6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.

III. irregular usages:

1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.

2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.

IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.

V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).

VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA
8 τυγχάνω

τυγχάνω, Thgn.253, Pi.P.3.104, O.2.47, etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.

A τύγχανον Od.14.231
, ([etym.] παρετ-) Il.11.74: [tense] fut. τεύξομαι 16.609
, Od.19.314, Ar.Eq. 112, Lys.18.23 (also as [tense] fut. [voice] Med. of τεύχω): [tense] aor. 2 ἔτῠχον, [dialect] Ep. τύχον, Il.5.287, 587, etc.; [dialect] Ep. subj. τύχωμι, -ῃσι, 7.243, 11.116; later also τετύχῃσι, Max.577; late [dialect] Ep. opt. τετύχοιμι Man.3.299
: [dialect] Ep. also [tense] aor. 1 ἐτύχησα Il.15.581
, al., Hes.Fr.15: [tense] pf. τετύχηκα (intr.) Od.10.88 (part. τετυχηκώς, v.l. τετυχηώς. Il.17.748), Th. 1.32, (trans.) X.Cyr.4.1.2, Isoc.3.59; later also τέτευχα, D.21.150 (cod. S), Arist.EN 1119a10, PA 647b15, freq. later, PEnteux.6.7 (iii B. C.), UPZ123.30 (ii B. C.), PStrassb.98.10 (ii B. C.), Inscr.Prien.108.287 (ii B. C.), etc.; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. inf. τετεύχεν SIG398.5
(Cos, iii B. C.); but [dialect] Ion. [tense] plpf. ἐτετεύχεε Hdt.3.14
; τέτυχα v.l. in Ep.Hebr.8.6, v.l. in J.BJ7.5.4, ([etym.] συν- ) Aristeas 180, etc.; part. τετυχώς Jahresh.29
Beibl. 163 (Stara Zagora):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1 τεύξασθαι LXX2 Ma.15.7
:— [voice] Pass., [tense] impf. ἐτυγχάνετο Ant.Lib.39.3
(dub.): elsewh. in compds, [tense] aor. 1 ἐτεύχθην ([etym.] ἐν-) Plb.35.6.1: [tense] pf. τέτευγμαι ([etym.] ἐπι-) Id.6.53.2.

A happen to be at a place, εἴ πέρ τε τύχῃσι μάλα σχεδόν even if she be quite near, Il.11.116; μὴ σύ γε κεῖθι τύχοις may'st thou not be there, Od.12.106; πέτρη τετύχηκε διαμπερὲς ἀμφοτέρωθεν 10.88
; πεδίοιο διαπρύσιον τετυχηκώς Il.17.748
(but in these last two places the meaning may be ' has been made' (though not by human agency), cf. [γαῖα] οὐδ' εὐρεῖα τέτυκται Od.13.243
; γυναικὸς ἄρ' ἀντὶ τέτυξο Il.8.163
, etc.; v. ad fin.).

2 of events, and things generally, happen to one, befall one, come to one's lot, c. dat. pers., οὔνεκά μοι τύχε πολλά because much fell to me, Il.11.684; καί μοι μάλα τύγχανε πολλά Od.14.231
; θέλοιμ' ἂν ὡς πλείστοισι πημονὰς τυχεῖν A.Pr. 348
, cf. Pers. 706 (troch.); οἷ' αὐτοῖς τύχοι S.Ph. 275
; εἴ τι δεσπόταισι τυγχάνει E.Alc. 138
: abs., εἰ δ' αὖθ', ὃ μὴ γένοιτο, συμφορὰ τύχοι A.Th.5
, cf. Ag. 347, etc.; ἄριστα πρὸς τὸ τυγχάνον E.Hel. 1290
, cf. Ion 1511.

b [tense] aor. part. ὁ τυχών, the first one meets, any chance person, Hes.Th. 973, Pl.R. 539d, etc.;
οἱ τ.
everyday men, the vulgar, X.Mem.3.9.10
, etc.; εἷς ἦν τῶν τ. Isoc.10.21
; οὐχ ὁ τ. ἀνήρ, of Moses, Longin.9.9: so of things, τὸ τυχόν any chance result, Pl.Ti. 46e; ὃν ἐξαλείφει πρόφασις ἡ τυχοῦσ' ὅλον E.Fr. 1041
; οὐχ ὁ τ. λόγος no common discourse, Pl.Lg. 723e; σύνεσιν οὐ τὰν τυχοῦσαν Archim.
Spir.Praef.; οἱ τ. φόβοι trifling fears, Lycurg.37; καίπερ τὸ τ. καταβαλοῦσιν though they may have paid a trifling sum, Str.5.2.7:—Math., τυχὸν σημεῖον any point (at random), Euc.1.5, cf. 6.9; ἄλλα, ἃ ἔτυχεν, ἰσάκις πολλαπλάσια any other equimultiples taken at random, Id.5.4.

3 in [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. or [tense] impf., impers. (sts. also pers.) in relat. clauses, as (when, where, etc.) it (he, she, etc.) happened (may happen, etc.), i. e. anyhow, at any time, place, etc., καὶ ἀρχομένοις καὶ μεσοῦσι καὶ ὅπως ἔτυχέ τῳ at the beginning, middle, or any other point, Th.5.20; ὡς ἔτυχε ζημιοῦσθαι to be penalized just anyhow, X.Mem.3.9.13; οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν in no ordinary manner, Men. Sam.79, BMus.Inscr.4.481*.340 (Ephesus, ii A. D.); τὴν μὲν δικαίαν, τὴν δ' ὅπως ἐτύγχανεν just anyhow, E.Hipp. 929; ἀποτετμάσθω δύο τμάματα ὡς ἔτυχεν let two segments be cut off at random, Archim. Con.Sph.24; χώρᾳ γ' ἐν ᾗ ἔτυχε X.Oec.3.3
; ὅπου ἔτυχεν Id.Cyr.8.4.3
; ὅπου ἂν τύχῃ Pl.Prt. 242e
;
ὁπότε τύχοι
sometimes, Pl.Phd. 89b
;
ὅταν τύχῃ
sometimes, E.El. 1169
(lyr.); but, at any odd time, Th.1.142; ἡνίκ' ἂν τ. D.1.3
; ἂν τύχῃ, εἰ τύχοι, it may be, Pl.Cra. 430e, Hp.Mi. 367a; τὸ δέ, εἰ ἔτυχεν, οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει Id.Cra. 439c
; εἰ οὕτως ἔτυχεν Arist.Cat. 8b12
;
τὸ ὅπῃ ἔτυχεν
mere chance, Pl.Phlb. 28d
: with attraction of the relat. Pron., τὸ οἷς ἔτυχε προσκρούειν Plu.Cic.27
; ὡμίλει ᾧ τύχοι Plb.26.1.3
; ὧν ἔτυχε πιμπλάμενος Luc.Vit.Auct.9
; οὐδὲ γὰρ ὧν ἔτυχ' ἦν they were not just any acts, D.18.130.

b c. acc. et inf., ἔτυχε ὄμβρον συνεργῆσαι Plu.Alc.28
, cf. Ael.NA5.6; ἔτυχεν ὥστε .. D.C.39.12.

4 sts. the Verb agrees in person and number with the subject of the principal clause, perhaps by assimilation, ἀπαίροντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου ὁπόθεν τύχοιεν, for ὁπόθεν τύχοι, Th.4.26, cf. 93, 5.56, 7.70, Pl.Tht. 179c; ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσι, τοῦτο λέγουσι they say just anything, Id.Prt. 353a; ὅ τι ἂν τύχωσι, τοῦτο πράξουτιν Id.Cri. 45d
, cf. Grg. 522c, Smp. 181b; ἀναφύονται ὁπόθεν ἂν τύχῃ ἕκαστος Id.Tht. 180c
; ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι, ηὐλίζοντο X.An.2.2.17
, cf. 3.1.3; τάχ' ἄν, εἰ τύχοιεν, σωφρονέστεροι γένοιντο D.15.16
; δουλεύειν μᾶλλον ἢ μεθ' ὁποτέρου ἂν τύχωσι τούτων ἐλευθέρους εἶναι Th.8.48
; πρὸς ὀργὴν ἥν τινα τύχητε ἔστιν ὅτε σφαλέντες τὴν τοῦ πείσαντος μίαν γνώμην ζημιοῦτε yielding to the impulse of the moment, Id.3.43; εἶτ' οὐκ ἐλήρουν ὅ τι τύχοιμ' Ar.
Ra. 945: with attraction of the relat. Pron., οὓς ἂν τύχῃς ἐπαινῶν Isoc.12.206
.

5 neut. part. τυχόν, used abs. like ἐξόν, παρόν, etc., since it so befell, οὕτως τ. Luc.Symp.43
.

b as Adv., perchance, perhaps, Isoc.4.171, X.An.6.1.20, Pl.Alc.2.140a, 150c, D.18.221, 21.41, Men.Pk. 184, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6; τ. ἴσως Epich.277
, E.Fr.953.9, Men. Epit. 287, Plb.2.58.9; τυχὸν μὲν.., τυχὸν δὲ .. Arr.An.1.10.6, etc.

II joined with the part. of another Verb to express a coincidence, τύχησε γὰρ ἐρχομένη νηῦς a ship happened to be, i. e. was just then, starting, Od.14.334; ξεῖνος ἐὼν ἐτύχησε παρ' ἱπποδάμοισι Γερηνοῖς Hes.Fr.15.3
, cf. Semon.7.19, Pi.N.1.49; πρυτανεία ἣ ἂν τυγχάνῃ πρυτανεύουσα IG12.63.27
, cf. 52; τὰ νοέων τυγχάνω what I happen to have, i.e. have at this moment, in my mind, Hdt. 1.88, cf. 8.65,68.
ά; ἐτετεύχεε ἐπισπόμενος Id.3.14
; ὃ τυγχάνω μαθών which I have just learnt, S.Tr. 370; παρὼν ἐτύγχανον I was by just then, Id.Aj. 748; τυγχάνει καθεύδων he is sleeping just now, Ar.V. 336 (troch.); ἔτυχον στρατευόμενοι they were just then engaged in an expedition, Th.1.104; ἔτυχε κατὰ τοῦτο καιροῦ ἐλθών he came just at this point of time, Id.7.2; ἥτις δέ τοι μάλιστα σωφρονεῖν δοκεῖ, αὕτη μέγιστα τυγχάνει λωβωμένη she is just the one who.., Semon.7.109; but freq. τυγχάνω cannot be translated at all, esp. in phrase τυγχάνω ὤν, which is simply = εἰμί, S.Aj.88, Ar.Pl.35, Pl.Prt. 313c, etc.

2 the part. ὤν is sts. omitted, ὁ γὰρ μέγιστος τυγχάνει δορυξένων S.El.46
; εἴ σοι χαρτὰ τυγχάνει τάδε ib. 1457; νῦν δ' ἀγροῖσι τυγχάνει ib. 313; ἔνδον γὰρ ἄρτι τυγχάνει Id.Aj.9
; εἴ τις εὔνους τυγχάνει Ar.Ec. 1141
; εἰ σὺ τυγχάνεις ἐπιστήμων τούτων Pl.Prt. 313e
, cf. Grg. 502b, R. 369b, al.: sts. τυγχάνειν is used much like εἶναι, Σωτὴρ γένοιτ' ἂν Ζεὺς ἐπ' ἀσπίδος τυχών A.Th. 520; οὐκ ἀποδάμου τυχόντος not being absent, Pi.P.4.5 (cf. τόσσαις) ; ποῦ χρὴ τηνικαῦτα τυγχάνειν; E.IA 730
; τ. ἐν ἐμπύροις to be engaged in.., Id.Andr. 1113; freq. in Arist., δύο μέρη τετύχηκεν ἐξ ὧν ἡ πόλις Pol. 1318a31
, cf. 1289b16, Top. 151b11; also in later Gr., τὰ ἑπτάμηνα γόνιμα τυγχάνειν Sor.1.55
, cf. 69, al.; νέος πάνυ τυγχάνων PLips. 40 ii 7
(iv A. D.), etc.:—Phryn.244 rejects this usage in Attic.

b τυγχάνον, = τὸ ἐκτὸς ὑποκείμενον, the external reality, e. g. αὐτὸς ὁ Δίων as distd. both from the word ([etym.] φωνή) Δίων and its meaning, Stoic.2.48.

c τὰ πράγματα τυγχάνοντα καλοῦσι (sc. οἱ Στωϊκοί) , τέλος γὰρ τὸ τυχεῖν τούτων, ib.77.

3 later c. inf., τυγχάνομεν ἐπιδεδωκέναι we happen to have handed in.., we have just handed in.., PTeb.796.13 (ii B. C.), cf. PSI10.1118.8 (i A. D.), 1.39.4 (ii A. D.), Heliod. et Antyll. ap. Orib.44.8.21, 25, 44.23.21, Gal. 18(2).394.

B gain one's end or purpose, succeed, οὐκ ἐτύχησεν ἑλίξας Il. 23.466
; εἰ τύχῃ τις ἔρδων Pi.N.7.11
, cf. 55; τὸ τυχεῖν, = νίκη, Id.O.2.51; πείθειν.. τυγχάνειν θ' ἅμα E.Hec. 819
; εἰ τύχοιμεν Th.4.63
; τυχόντες if successful, opp. σφαλέντες, Id.3.39, cf. 82, Pi.P.10.62; τυγχάνουσι καὶ ἀποτυγχάνουσι Arist.Po. 1450a3
; ὀρθῶς πράττειν καὶ τ. Pl.Euthd. 280a
; gain one's request, Hdt.1.213 (so τυχόντα γνώμης in Th.3.42); in speaking, to be right, τί νιν καλοῦσα.. τύχοιμ' ἄν; A.Ag. 1233
, cf. Ch.14, 317 (lyr.), S.Ph. 223, OC 1580; Δίκαν νιν προσαγορεύομεν τυχόντες καλῶς A.Ch. 950
(lyr.):—[voice] Pass., impers., αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον οὐδὲν ἐτυγχάνετο nothing went right, dub. in Ant.Lib. 39.3:—in part. τυχήσας or τυχών, combined with νύξε, βάλε, οὖτα, etc., pierce, wound, etc., successfully, so that the whole phrase means hit, ἔγχεϊ νύξε κατὰ κληῗδα τυχήσας Il.5.579
, cf. 858, 12.394; βάλε δουρὶ κατὰ ζωστῆρα τυχήσας ib. 189; ὑπὸ στέρνοιο τυχήσας βεβλήκει 4.106
, cf. 5.98, 582, 13.371, 397, Od.19.452, al.; also conversely, θηρητὴρ ἐτύχησε βαλών Il.15.581
; βαλὼν τύχω Hdt.3.35
; also apart from such combinations, hit, c. gen., προβιβάντος Il.16.609
; μηρίνθοιο 23.857
; τ. τοῦ σκοποῦ Pl.Lg. 717b
, cf. R. 523b, Th.2.35, X.An.3.2.19, Ap.1: c. dupl. gen., εἰ.. τοῦ παιδὸς.. τύχω μέσης τῆς καρδίης Hdt. 3.35
: abs., ἤμβροτες οὐδ' ἔτυχες Il.5.287
; αἰ κε τύχωμι 7.243
, Od.22.7.

II hit upon, light upon:

1 meet, fall in with persons, Αακεδαίμονι.. τυχήσας having met [him] in Lacedaemon, Od.21.13: c. gen., θρηνητοῦ A.Ag. 1075
; τριακτῆρος ib. 172 (lyr.); ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν Lys.2.5
; γυναικῶν X.Smp.9.7
: with a predicate added, μή τευ μελαμπύγου τύχῃς Archil.110
; προφρόνων Μοισᾶν τ. Pi.I.4(3).43(61)
; θεῶν ἀμεινόνων τ. E.Heracl. 351
; ἐμοῦ.. οἰκητοῦ S.OT 1450
, cf. 677; ἡμῶν τ. οἵων σε χρή E.Hel. 1300
, cf. Lys.18.23; ἐρωτᾶτε αὐτοὺς ὁποίων τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον X.An.5.5.15
; τοῦ δαίμονος.. κακοδαίμονος Ar.Eq. 112
.

2 light on a thing, τύχε γάρ ἀμάθοιο βαθείης Il.5.587
; attain, obtain a thing, c. gen., πομπῆς καὶ νόστοιο Od.6.290
; αἰδοῦς Thgn.253
, cf. 256; [ οἴκτου] A.Pr. 241; ξυγγνώμης Th.7.15
; τῆς ἀξίας Ar.Av. 1223
; of meeting with misfortunes, βίης τυχεῖν meet with, suffer violence, Hdt.9.108; τραυμάτων, κακῶν, A.Ag. 866, E.Hec. 1280; δίκης, κρίσεως, Pl.Grg. 472d, Phdr. 249a, cf. Lg. 869b: abs., have the lot or fate, ἄλλος μὲν ἀποφθίσθω ἄλλος δὲ βιώτω, ὅς κε τύχῃ Il.8.430
; τὴν παρὰ Δαρείου αἰτήσας ἔτυχε μισθόν Hdt.5.23
(where τὴν is governed by αἰτήσας).

b after Hom. also c. acc. of neut. Adj. or Pron., τὰ πρόσφορα A.Ch. 711
, cf. Eu.30, S.OC 1106, Ph. 509 (lyr.), E.Med. 758, Hec.51: later the acc. is used more freely, τ. ἐπίστασιν Sammelb.5235.15
(i A. D.); ὑπογραφήν BGU615.23
(ii A. D.); βοήθειαν PGoodsp.Cair.15.14
(iv A. D.); εὐκαιρίαν PSI9.1082.5
(iv A. D.); τὰ γυναίκια δεσμὸν οὐδένα βούλεται τυγχάνειν Sor.1.70b
.

c after either case a gen. pers. may be added, obtain a thing from a person, ὧν δέ σου τυχεῖν ἐφίεμαι S.Ph. 1315
; σου τοῦτο τ. Id.OC 1168
; or the pers. may be added with a Prep., τ. ἐπαίνου ἔκ τινος Id.Ant. 665
; παρὰ σεῖο τ. φιλότητος Od.15.158
; τιμίαν ἕδραν παρ' ἀνδρῶν A.Eu. 856
(dub.); αἰδοῦς ὑπό τινος X.Cyr.1.6.10
, cf. Mem.4.8.10, etc.: abs., χρὴ πρὸς μακάρων τυγχάνοντ' εὖ πασχέμεν Pi.P.3.104
.

d c. inf., οἶμαί σου τεύξεσθαι μεθεῖναί με Pl.Phlb. 50d
; ἐὰν ψαῦσαι τοῦ νεκροῦ τύχωμεν Plu.Pel.33
; οὐ τυχὼν ἐπιδείξειν ( = ἐπιδεῖξαι ) not having succeeded in proving, PPetr.3p.153 (iii B. C.). (Τυ-γ-χ-άνω, with ἐτύχησα, τετύχηκα, is formed from the [tense] aor. τυχ-εῖν, which was orig. the [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. (with act. form) of τεύχω 'make'; ἔτυχε = factum est, as ἔτραφον = I was nourished (v. τρέφω); senses A.1.1-3 are the oldest and are parallel to τεύχω 11
(esp.[voice] Pass.); many of the forms belong equally to both verbs; τιτύσκομαι like wise belongs to both verbs; τ (ε) υχ- from Θ (ε) υχ-, cf. ἀποθύσκειν, ἐνθύσκει, συνθύξω, and perh. Germ. taugen 'to be capable, useful', Engl. dow, doughty.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τυγχάνω
9 querer

m.

love.

v.

1 to want.

quiero una bicicleta I want a bicycle

¿quieren ustedes algo más? would you like anything else?

haz lo que quieras do what you want o like, do as you please o like

querer que alguien haga algo to want somebody to do something

quiero que lo hagas tú I want you to do it

queremos que las cosas te vayan bien we want things to go well for you

quisiera hacerlo, pero… I'd like to do it, but…

¡qué quieres que haga! what am I supposed to do?

qué quieres que te diga, a mí me parece caro to be honest, it seems expensive to me, what can I say? it seems expensive to me

ven cuando quieras come whenever you like o want

no me voy porque no quiero I'm not going because I don't want to

queriendo on purpose

sin querer accidentally

querer decir to mean

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?

querer es poder where there's a will there's a way

Quiero paz I want peace.

Quiero un taxi I need a taxi.

2 to love.

te quiero I love you

Yo quiero a mi esposo I love my husband.

3 to want to, to be willing to, to desire to, to have a desire to.

Quiero estudiar I want to study.

* * *

QUERER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

quiero, quieres, quiere, queremos, queréis, quieren.

Past Indicative

quise, quisiste, quiso, quisimos, quisisteis, quisieron.

Future Indicative

querré, querrás, querrá, querremos, querréis, querrán.

Conditional

querría, querrías, querría, querríamos, querríais, querrían.

Present Subjunctive

quiera, quieras, quiera, queramos, queráis, quieran.

Imperfect Subjunctive

quisiera, quisieras, quisiera, quisiéramos, quisierais, quisieran;

quisiese, quisieses, quisiese, quisiésemos, quisieseis, quisiesen.

Future Subjunctive

quisiere, quisieres, quisiere, quisiéremos, quisiereis, quisieren.

Imperative

quiere (tú), quiera (él/Vd.), queramos (nos.), quered (vos.), quieran (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to want

2) love

3) like

•

- querer decir

* * *
Para la expresión querer decir, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) [a una persona] (=amar) to love; (=apreciar) to like

¡te quiero! — I love you!

quiero mucho a mis abuelos — I love my grandparents very much

no estoy enamorado, pero la quiero mucho — I'm not in love with her, but I'm very fond of her

la quiero con locura — I'm madly in love with her

me quiere... no me quiere — [deshojando una margarita] she loves me... she loves me not

en la oficina lo quieren mucho — he is well liked at the office

• querer [bien] a algn — to want the best for sb

• [hacerse] querer por algn — to endear o.s. to sb

• querer [mal] a algn — to wish sb ill

- ¡por lo que más quieras!

- querer a algn como a la niña de sus ojos

la quiere como a la niña de sus ojos — she's the apple of his eye, he dotes on her

2) (=desear)

a) [+ objeto] to want

¿cuál quieres? — which one do you want?

¿qué más quieres? — (lit) what else do you want?; iró what more do you want?

hace lo que quiere — she does what she wants {o} as she pleases

se lo di, pero no lo quiso — I gave it to him, but he didn't want (to take) it

¡lo que quieras! — as you wish!, have it your own way!

¿quieres un café? — would you like some coffee?

• querer [pelea] — to be looking for trouble

• [todo] lo que tú quieras, será muy feo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero es muy buena persona — he may be ugly and all that, but he's a very nice person

b) + infin to want

querer hacer algo — to want to do sth

quiere ser ingeniero — he wants to be an engineer

lleva días que no quiere comer — she's been off her food for several days

¿qué quieres comer hoy? — what would you like for dinner today?

no quiso pagar — he refused to pay, he wouldn't pay

ha querido quedarse en casa — he preferred to stay at home

c)

• querer [que] algn haga algo — to want sb to do sth

no quiero que vayas — I don't want you to go

el destino quiso que volvieran a verse — fate decreed that they should see each other again

la tradición quiere que... — tradition has it that...

este quiere que le rompan la cabeza — * this guy is asking to get his head kicked in *

¿quieres que me crea que tú solo te has bebido todo el whisky? — are you asking me to believe that you drank all the whisky by yourself?

• ¿qué quieres que te [diga]? — what can I say?

• ¿qué quieres que le [haga]?, si se va por ahí sin hacer caso, ¿qué quieres que le haga? — if he goes off without taking any notice, what am I supposed to do {o} what can I do about it?

si estudio y no apruebo, ¿qué quieres que le haga? — if I study and still don't pass, what can I do?

• ¡[qué más] quisiera yo! — if only I could!

¿qué más quisiera yo que ver juntos a mis hijos? — what more could I wish for {o} want than to see my children together?

3) (=tener intención de)
+ infin
no quería hacerte daño — I didn't mean to hurt you

al querer abrir la botella, saltó el tapón — the cork exploded while she was trying to open the bottle

quiso hacerlo pero no pudo — he tried to do it but he couldn't

4) [pidiendo algo]

quería dos kilos de patatas, por favor — I'd like two kilos of potatoes, please, could I have two kilos of potatoes, please?

¿quieres darme tu nueva dirección? — would {o} could you give me your new address?

¿querría participar en nuestra oferta? — would you like to take advantage of our offer?

¿cuánto quieren por el coche? — what are they asking for the car?, how much do they want for the car?

5) (=requerir)

¿para qué me querrá? — I wonder what he wants me for?, what can he want me for?

el traje quiere un sombrero ancho — that dress needs a big hat to go with it

6) [uso impersonal]

quería amanecer — dawn was about to break

quiere llover — it looks like rain

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=desear)

¿quieres? — [ofreciendo algo] do you want some?, would you like some?

lo hago porque quiero — I do it because I want to

-¿quieres casarte conmigo? -sí, quiero — "will you marry me?" - "yes, I will"

-¿puedes enviar tú el correo? -como usted quiera — "could you take the post?" - "as you wish"

mientras el jefe no quiera, no hay nada que hacer — as long as the boss is opposed, there's nothing to be done {o} nothing we can do about it

• ven [cuando] quieras — come whenever you like

como quiere —

¡está como quiere! — Esp ** she's a bit of all right! **

tiene tanto dinero que vive como quiere — he's so rich he can live as he pleases

- quiera o no

quieras o no, eso cambiará nuestras vidas — whether you like it or not, that's going to change our lives

con el cambio de trabajo, quieras que no, se ha animado un poco — you may agree or disagree, but the fact is he's perked up a bit since he changed jobs

- querer es poder

2) (=tener intención)

lo hizo queriendo — he did it deliberately {o} on purpose

lo hizo sin querer — he didn't mean to do it, he did it inadvertently

3)

como quiera que — = comoquiera

donde quiera que — = dondequiera

3.

See:

quererse

4.

SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO

cosas del querer — affairs of the heart

dimitieron por culpa de algún querer — they resigned because of love affairs

tener querer a — to be fond of

* * *
I
masculino love

las penas del querer — the pangs of love
II 1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( amar) to love

se hace querer — she/he endears herself/himself to people

sus alumnos lo quieren mucho — his pupils are very fond of him

me quiere, no me quiere — ( al deshojar una margarita) she loves me, she loves me not

por lo que más quieras! — for pity's sake!, for God's sake!

querer bien a alguien — to be fond of somebody

querer mal a alguien — to have it in for somebody (colloq)

quien bien te quiere te hará llorar — sometimes you have to be cruel to be kind

Sentido II

2)

a) (expresando deseo, intención, voluntad)

quiero una casa más grande — I want a bigger house

no sabe lo que quiere — she doesn't know what she wants

quisiera una cerveza/habitación doble — I'd like a beer/double room

haz lo que quieras — do as you like

¿qué más quieres? — what more do you want?

hazlo cuando/como quieras — do it whenever/however you like

quiera o no quiera — whether she/he likes it or not

iba a hacerlo pero él no quiso — I was going to do it but he didn't want me to

será muy listo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero... — he may be very smart and all that, but...

tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? — bring it tomorrow, will you?

no quiero — I don't want to

querer + INF — to want to + inf

quiero ir — I want to go

quisiera reservar una mesa — I'd like to book a table

quisiera poder ayudarte — I wish I could help you

ya quisiera yo estar en su lugar! — I'd change places with him any day!

no quiso comer nada — she wouldn't eat anything

querer QUE alguien+ SUBJ — to want somebody to + inf

quiero que estudies más — I want you to study harder

¿y qué querías que hiciera? — so what did you expect me to do o what was I supposed to do?

qué quieres que te diga...! — quite honestly o frankly...

qué quieres que (le) haga! — what can you do?

querer es poder — where there's a will there's a way

b) ( al ofrecer algo)

¿quieres un café/algo de beber? — would you like o (less frml) do you want a coffee/something to drink?

c) ( introduciendo un ruego)

querer + INF: ¿quieres pasarme el pan? could you pass me the bread, please?; ¿querrías hacerme un favor? would you mind doing me a favor?; ¿te quieres callar? — be quiet, will you?

3) (en locs)

como quiera que — ( de cualquier manera que) however

como quiera que haya sido... — whatever happened o it doesn't matter what happened...

como quiera que se mire — whichever way you look at it

cuando quiera que — whenever

donde quiera que — wherever

queriendo: lo hizo queriendo she/he did it on purpose o deliberately; sin querer accidentally; perdona, fue sin querer sorry, it was an accident o I didn't mean to; querer decir to mean; ¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?; está como quiere! — (Esp, Méx fam) (es muy guapo, guapa) he's/she's hot stuff! (colloq); ( tiene mucha suerte) some people have got it made (colloq)

4) ( como precio)

querer algo POR algo: ¿cuánto quieres por el coche? — how much do you want o are you asking for the car?

5) ( referido a cosas inanimadas)

el coche no quiere arrancar — the car won't start

el destino así lo quiso — it was destined to be

parece que quiere llover — it looks as if it's going to rain
2.
quererse v pron (recípr)

se quieren mucho — they love each other very much

se quieren como hermanos — they're so close, they're like brothers

* * *

= want, be after, wanna [want to].

Nota: Contracción de want to usada en el lenguaje coloquial.

Ex. On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.

Ex. Silas H Berry told his colleagues at the New York Library Club: 'It is so hard to get a reader to tell what he is really after'.

Ex. When McCall finished his book by saying, 'It makes me wanna holler and throw up my hands,' he almost described my reaction perfectly.

----

* ¡Dios no lo quiera! = God forbid.

* cuantas veces se quiera = any number of times.

* cuantos + Nombre + se quiera = any number of + Nombre.

* dos no se pelean si uno no quiere = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = get + Posesivo + drift.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacerse querer = endear.

* ¡No, por lo que más quieras! = Not on your life!.

* no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.

* no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no queriendo + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.

* ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.

* que quiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.

* queramos o no = like it or not, like them or not.

* querer decir = mean.

* querer el oro y el moro = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.

* quererlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* querer tenerlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* querer tetas y sopas = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.

* quien quiera peces que se moje el culo = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.

* quiera Dios que = God willing.

* si Dios quiere = God willing.

* siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.

* sin querer = involuntarily, unwilling, by accident, accidentally, unintentionally, unwantedly.

* sin querer + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.

* sin quererlo = unwantedly.

* si se quiere que + Nombre + sea = if + Nombre + be + to be.

* * *
I
masculino love

las penas del querer — the pangs of love
II 1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( amar) to love

se hace querer — she/he endears herself/himself to people

sus alumnos lo quieren mucho — his pupils are very fond of him

me quiere, no me quiere — ( al deshojar una margarita) she loves me, she loves me not

por lo que más quieras! — for pity's sake!, for God's sake!

querer bien a alguien — to be fond of somebody

querer mal a alguien — to have it in for somebody (colloq)

quien bien te quiere te hará llorar — sometimes you have to be cruel to be kind

Sentido II

2)

a) (expresando deseo, intención, voluntad)

quiero una casa más grande — I want a bigger house

no sabe lo que quiere — she doesn't know what she wants

quisiera una cerveza/habitación doble — I'd like a beer/double room

haz lo que quieras — do as you like

¿qué más quieres? — what more do you want?

hazlo cuando/como quieras — do it whenever/however you like

quiera o no quiera — whether she/he likes it or not

iba a hacerlo pero él no quiso — I was going to do it but he didn't want me to

será muy listo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero... — he may be very smart and all that, but...

tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? — bring it tomorrow, will you?

no quiero — I don't want to

querer + INF — to want to + inf

quiero ir — I want to go

quisiera reservar una mesa — I'd like to book a table

quisiera poder ayudarte — I wish I could help you

ya quisiera yo estar en su lugar! — I'd change places with him any day!

no quiso comer nada — she wouldn't eat anything

querer QUE alguien+ SUBJ — to want somebody to + inf

quiero que estudies más — I want you to study harder

¿y qué querías que hiciera? — so what did you expect me to do o what was I supposed to do?

qué quieres que te diga...! — quite honestly o frankly...

qué quieres que (le) haga! — what can you do?

querer es poder — where there's a will there's a way

b) ( al ofrecer algo)

¿quieres un café/algo de beber? — would you like o (less frml) do you want a coffee/something to drink?

c) ( introduciendo un ruego)

querer + INF: ¿quieres pasarme el pan? could you pass me the bread, please?; ¿querrías hacerme un favor? would you mind doing me a favor?; ¿te quieres callar? — be quiet, will you?

3) (en locs)

como quiera que — ( de cualquier manera que) however

como quiera que haya sido... — whatever happened o it doesn't matter what happened...

como quiera que se mire — whichever way you look at it

cuando quiera que — whenever

donde quiera que — wherever

queriendo: lo hizo queriendo she/he did it on purpose o deliberately; sin querer accidentally; perdona, fue sin querer sorry, it was an accident o I didn't mean to; querer decir to mean; ¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?; está como quiere! — (Esp, Méx fam) (es muy guapo, guapa) he's/she's hot stuff! (colloq); ( tiene mucha suerte) some people have got it made (colloq)

4) ( como precio)

querer algo POR algo: ¿cuánto quieres por el coche? — how much do you want o are you asking for the car?

5) ( referido a cosas inanimadas)

el coche no quiere arrancar — the car won't start

el destino así lo quiso — it was destined to be

parece que quiere llover — it looks as if it's going to rain
2.
quererse v pron (recípr)

se quieren mucho — they love each other very much

se quieren como hermanos — they're so close, they're like brothers

* * *

= want, be after, wanna [want to].

Nota: Contracción de want to usada en el lenguaje coloquial.

Ex: On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.

Ex: Silas H Berry told his colleagues at the New York Library Club: 'It is so hard to get a reader to tell what he is really after'.

Ex: When McCall finished his book by saying, 'It makes me wanna holler and throw up my hands,' he almost described my reaction perfectly.

* ¡Dios no lo quiera! = God forbid.

* cuantas veces se quiera = any number of times.

* cuantos + Nombre + se quiera = any number of + Nombre.

* dos no se pelean si uno no quiere = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = get + Posesivo + drift.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacerse querer = endear.

* ¡No, por lo que más quieras! = Not on your life!.

* no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.

* no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no queriendo + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.

* ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.

* que quiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.

* queramos o no = like it or not, like them or not.

* querer decir = mean.

* querer el oro y el moro = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.

* quererlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* querer tenerlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* querer tetas y sopas = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.

* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.

* quien quiera peces que se moje el culo = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.

* quiera Dios que = God willing.

* si Dios quiere = God willing.

* siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.

* sin querer = involuntarily, unwilling, by accident, accidentally, unintentionally, unwantedly.

* sin querer + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.

* sin quererlo = unwantedly.

* si se quiere que + Nombre + sea = if + Nombre + be + to be.

* * *

querer¹

masculine

love

sufre por culpa de un querer he is suffering because of an unhappy love affair

las penas del querer the pangs of love

¡niña de mi querer! my dear child!

querer² [ E24 ]

vt

A (amar) to love

me gusta, pero no lo quiero I like him, but I don't love him o I'm not in love with him

quiere mucho a sus sobrinos/su país he loves his nephews/his country very much

quiere con locura a su nieta she absolutely dotes on her granddaughter

es una persona que se hace querer he's the sort of person who endears himself to you

sus alumnos lo quieren mucho his pupils are very fond of him, he's well liked by his pupils

me quiere, no me quiere (al deshojar una margarita) she loves me, she loves me not

¡por lo que más quieras! ¡no me abandones! for pity's sake o for God's sake! don't leave me!

¡Antonio, por lo que más quieras! ¡baja el volumen! Antonio, turn the volume down, for heaven's sake o for goodness sake!

querer bien a algn to be fond of sb, care about sb

querer mal a algn to have it in for sb ( colloq)

quien bien te quiere te hará llorar sometimes you have to be cruel to be kind

B

1

(expresando deseo, intención, voluntad): quiere un tren para su cumpleaños he wants a train for his birthday

¿que querían, chicas? can I help you, girls?, what can I do for you, girls?

quería un kilo de uvas I'd like a kilo of grapes

quisiera una habitación doble I'd like a double room

no sabe lo que quiere she doesn't know what she wants

haz lo que quieras do as you like, do as you please

¿qué más quieres? what more do you want?

¿cuándo/cómo lo podemos hacer? — cuando/como tú quieras when/how can we do it? — whenever/however you like o any time/any way you like

¿nos vemos a las siete? — como quieras shall we meet at seven? — if you like

quiera o no quiera, tendrá que hacerlo he'll have to do it, whether he likes it or not

iba a llamar al médico pero él no quiso I was going to call the doctor but he wouldn't let me o he said no

¿quieres por esposo a Diego Sosa Díaz? — sí, quiero will/do you take Diego Sosa Díaz to be your lawfully wedded husband? — I will/do

¿qué querrán esta vez? I wonder what they want this time

será muy listo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero es insoportable he may be very smart and all that, but personally I can't stand him

tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? bring it tomorrow, will you?

dejemos esto para otro día ¿quieres? let's leave this for another day, shall we o can we?

querer + INF to want to + INF

¿quiere usted hacer algún comentario? do you want to o ( frml) do you wish to make any comment?

no sé si querrá hacerlo I don't know if she'll want to do it o if she'll do it

hacía tiempo que quería decírselo I'd been meaning/wanting to tell him for some time

quisiera reservar una mesa para dos I'd like to book a table for two

quisiera poder ayudarte I wish I could help you

¡ya quisiera yo estar en su lugar! I'd change places with him any day!

no creo que quiera prestártelo I don't think she'll (be willing to) lend it to you

cuando se quiera dar cuenta será demasiado tarde by the time he realizes it'll be too late

nosotros nos fuimos temprano pero él quiso quedarse we left early but he stayed/decided to stay/ wanted to stay/chose to stay

no quiso escuchar razones he wouldn't listen to reason

no quiso comer nada she wouldn't eat anything, she refused to eat anything

quería hacerlo sola pero no habría podido she wanted to do it on her own but she wouldn't have been able to

quiso hacerlo sola pero no pudo she tried to do it on her own but she couldn't

querer QUE algn/algo + SUBJ to want sb/sth to + INF

quisiera que alguien me explicara por qué could someone please explain why?

¿qué quieres que traiga? what do you want o what would you like me to bring?

¿por qué lo dejaste entrar? — ¿qué querías que hiciera? why did you let him in? — what did you expect me to do o what was I supposed to do?

quiso que nos quedáramos a cenar y no tuvimos más remedio she insisted we stay for dinner and we couldn't say no o we couldn't refuse

¿tú quieres que acabemos en la cárcel? do you want us to end up in jail?, are you trying to get us put in jail?

la etiqueta quiere que uno lleve sombrero etiquette requires one to wear a hat

su teoría quiere que … his theory has it that …

querer es poder where there's a will there's a way

2 ( en locs):

como quiera que (de cualquier manera que) however;

(ya que, como) ( liter) since

como quiera que haya sido, creo que deberías disculparte whatever happened o it doesn't matter what happened, I still think you should apologize

cuando quiera que whenever

donde quiera que wherever

¡qué quieres que te diga …! quite honestly o frankly …

¡qué quieres que (le) haga! what can you do?

ya sé que no debería fumar, pero no puedo dejarlo ¡qué quieres que le haga! I know I shouldn't smoke but well, what can you do? I can't give up

quieras que no ( fam): quieras que no, ha ido mejorando desde que fue al curandero believe it or not, she's been getting better ever since she went to see that faith healer

la decisión, quieras que no, nos va a afectar a todos whether we like it or not, the decision is going to affect us all, there's no getting away from the fact that the decision is going to affect us all

quieras que no, yo he notado la diferencia I have to say o admit that it's made a difference

el quiero y no puedo: con ese quiero y no puedo inspiran hasta lástima it's rather pathetic how they're always trying to be something they aren't

¡está como quiere! (Esp, Méx fam); (es muy guapo, guapa) he's/she's hot stuff! ( colloq), he's/she's a bit of all right! ( BrE colloq); (tiene mucha suerte) some people have got it made ( colloq)

3

(al ofrecer algo): ¿quieres algo de beber? would you like o ( less frml) do you want something to drink?

4 (introduciendo un pedido) querer + INF:

¿quieres pasarme el pan? could you pass me the bread, please?

¿querrías hacerme un favor? would you mind doing me a favor?

¿te quieres callar? will you be quiet?, be quiet, will you?

¿quieres hacerme el favor de no interrumpirme? would you please stop interrupting me?

¿quieres decirme qué has hecho con mi abrigo? would you mind telling me what you've done with my coat?

5 (como precio) querer algo POR algo:

¿cuánto quieres por el coche? how much do you want o are you asking for the car?

6

queriendo/sin querer: estoy segura de que lo hizo queriendo I'm sure he did it on purpose o deliberately

perdona, fue sin querer sorry, it was an accident o I didn't mean to

no te pongas así, lo hizo sin querer don't be like that, he didn't do it deliberately o on purpose

7

querer decir to mean

¿qué quiere decir `democracia'? what does `democracy' mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?

8

(referido a cosas inanimadas): el coche no quiere arrancar the car won't start

el destino quiso que se volvieran a encontrar they were destined to meet again

parece que quiere llover/nevar it looks as if it's going to rain/snow, it looks like rain/snow

hace horas que quiere salir el sol the sun's been trying to break through for hours

■ quererse

v pron

( recípr):

se quieren como hermanos they're like brothers

hombre, si se quieren ¿por qué no han de casarse? well, if they love each other, why shouldn't they get married?

* * *

querer ( conjugate querer) verbo transitivo ( amar) to love;
◊ te querré siempre I'll always love you;

sus alumnos lo quieren mucho his pupils are very fond of him;
¡por lo que más quieras! for pity's sake!, for God's sake!
1
a) (expresando deseo, intención, voluntad):

◊ no sabe lo que quiere she doesn't know what she wants;

quisiera una habitación doble I'd like a double room;
¿qué más quieres? what more do you want?;
hazlo cuando/como quieras do it whenever/however you like;
iba a hacerlo pero él no quiso I was going to do it but he didn't want me to;
tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? bring it tomorrow, will you?;
no quiero I don't want to;
quiero ir I want to go;
quisiera reservar una mesa I'd like to book a table;
quisiera poder ayudarte I wish I could help you;
no quiso comer nada she wouldn't eat anything;
quiero que estudies más I want you to study harder;
¡qué quieres que te diga …! quite honestly o frankly …;
el destino así lo quiso it was destined to be;
querer es poder where there's a will there's a way
b) ( al ofrecer algo):

◊ ¿quieres un café? would you like a coffee?;

( menos formal) do you want a coffee?
c) ( introduciendo un pedido):

◊ ¿querrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?;

¿te quieres callar? be quiet, will you?
2 ( en locs)
◊ cuando quiera que whenever;

donde quiera que wherever;
queriendo ( adrede) on purpose, deliberately;
sin querer accidentally;
fue sin querer it was an accident;
querer decir to mean;
¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
3 ( como precio):
◊ ¿cuánto quieres por el coche? how much do you want o are you asking for the car?

quererse verbo pronominal ( recípr):
◊ se quieren mucho they love each other very much

querer
I verbo transitivo
1 (a alguien) to love
2 (algo) to want, wish ➣ Ver nota en want
3 (intención, ruego, ofrecimiento) to like: ¿quieres otra taza de té?, would you like another cup of tea?
¿quieres callarte?, will you shut up?
II sustantivo masculino love, affection
♦ Locuciones: quieras o no, tendrás que oírme, you'll have to listen to me, whether you want to or not
querer decir, to mean
ser algo un quiero y no puedo, to try to make people think that one is more affluent than one actually is
como quiera que, since: como quiera que no pueden vernos, no saben qué aspecto tenemos, since they can't see us, they don't know what we look like
sin querer, unintentionally, by accident

' querer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adorar
- berrido
- decir
- desabrocharse
- desear
- significar
- gustar
- ofrecer
- pisar
- pisotón
- querré
- quiera
- quise
- sin
English:
accident
- accidentally
- attached
- blurt out
- cherish
- chew
- clear
- delete
- endear
- fancy
- feel
- hand
- like
- love
- mean
- mistake
- off
- please
- slip out
- truck
- unintentionally
- unwittingly
- want
- will
- wish
- aim
- care
- denial
- inadvertently
- intend
- unwilling
- way

* * *

querer

♦ vt

1. [amar] to love;

te quiero I love you;

lo quiero como a un hermano I love him like a brother;

es muy querida por todo el mundo she is much loved by everyone;

me quiere, no me quiere [deshojando margarita] she loves me, she loves me not;

¡por lo que más quieras, cállate! for heaven's sake shut up!;

querer bien a alguien to care a lot about sb;

querer mal a alguien to wish sb ill;

Prov

quien bien te quiere te hará llorar you have to be cruel to be kind

2. [desear] to want;

quiero una bicicleta I want a bicycle;

dime lo que quieres tell me what you want;

lo único que quiero o [m5] todo lo que quiero es un poco de comprensión all I want o all I ask for is a little understanding;

¿qué es lo que quieres ahora? [con tono de enojo] what do you want now?, what is it now?;

haz lo que quieras do what you want o like, do as you please o like;

querer hacer algo to want to do sth;

quiere explicártelo, te lo quiere explicar she wants to explain it to you;

no quiso ayudarnos she didn't want to help us;

era muy tarde pero tú querías quedarte it was very late, but you insisted on staying o would stay o you wanted to stay;

quisiera informarme o [m5] que me informaran sobre vuelos a Nueva York I'd like some information about flights to New York;

quisiera hacerlo, pero… I'd like to do it, but…;

¡eso quisiera yo saber! that's what I want to know!;

¡ya quisieran muchos tener tu suerte! a lot of people would be very grateful to be as lucky as you!;

el maldito clavo no quiere salir the damn nail won't o refuses to come out;

querer que alguien haga algo to want sb to do sth;

quiero que lo hagas tú I want you to do it;

querer que pase algo to want sth to happen;

queremos que las cosas te vayan bien we want things to go well for you;

el azar quiso que nos volviéramos a ver fate decreed that we should see each other again;

como quien no quiere la cosa as if it were nothing;

qué quieres que te diga, a mí me parece caro to be honest, it seems expensive to me, what can I say? it seems expensive to me;

¡qué quieres que haga! what am I supposed to do?;

alto, guapo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero no me gusta sure, he's tall, handsome and all that, but I don't find him attractive;

Prov

el que algo quiere, algo le cuesta no pain, no gain

3. [en preguntas, ofrecimientos, ruegos] [con amabilidad]
¿quieren ustedes algo más/algo de postre? would you like anything else/anything for dessert?;

¿quieres un pitillo? do you want a cigarette?;

¿quiere decirle a su amigo que pase? could you tell your friend to come in, please?;

¿querrías explicarme qué ha pasado aquí? would you mind explaining what happened here?;

¿quieres por esposo a Francisco? do you take Francisco to be your lawfully wedded husband?

4. [pedir]
querer algo (por) to want sth (for);

¿cuánto quieres por la casa? how much do you want for the house?

5. Irónico [dar motivos para]
tú lo que quieres es que te pegue you're asking for a smack;

¿quieres que te atropelle el tren o qué? do you want to get run over by a train or something?

6. [en naipes] [aceptar apuesta]
quiero tus cinco mil I'll see your five thousand

♦ vi

to want;

ven cuando quieras come whenever you like o want;

cuando quieras [estoy listo] ready when you are;

no me voy porque no quiero I'm not going because I don't want to;

si quieres, lo dejamos we can forget about it if you like;

quieras o no, quieras que no (whether you) like it or not;

pásame el martillo, ¿quieres? pass me the hammer, would you?;

déjame en paz, ¿quieres? leave me alone, will you?;
Fam
le pedí que lo dejara, pero que si quieres I asked him to stop, but would he?;

queriendo on purpose;

ha sido queriendo he did it on purpose;

hacer algo sin querer to do sth accidentally;

lo siento, ha sido sin querer sorry, it was an accident;

querer decir to mean;

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?;

¿sabes lo que quiere decir “procrastination”? do you know what “procrastination” means?;

“NB” quiere decir “nota bene” “NB” stands for “nota bene”;

Comp
Fam
está como quiere [es guapísimo] he's gorgeous;
[en una situación ideal] he's got it made;
Prov

querer es poder where there's a will there's a way

♦ v impersonal
[haber atisbos de]
parece que quiere llover it looks like rain

♦ nm
[amor] love;
las cosas del querer matters of the heart

♦ See also the pronominal verb quererse

* * *

querer

1 v/t

1 ( desear) want;

quisiera … I would like …;

quieras que no … like it or not …;

sin querer unintentionally

2 ( amar) love;

querer bien a alguien be fond of s.o.;

querer mal a alguien not care for s.o.;

por lo que más quieras for pity’s sake, for the love of God

3 ( esperar)

:

¡qué más quieres! what more do you want o expect!;

¿qué quieres que (le) haga? what do you expect me to do?

4

:

querer decir mean;

quiere decir it means;

¡que si quieres! irón no way!

5

:

como quiera que however

querer

2 m love

* * *

querer {64} vt

1) desear: to want, to desire

quiere ser profesor: he wants to be a teacher

¿cuánto quieres por esta computadora?: how much do you want for this computer?

2) : to love, to like, to be fond of

te quiero: I love you

3) (indicating a request)

¿quieres pasarme la leche?: please pass the milk

4)

querer decir : to mean

5)

sin querer : unintentionally

querer vi

: like, want

si quieras: if you like

querer nm

: love, affection

* * *

querer vb

1. (desear) to want

quiero volver a casa I want to go home

quería una manzana he wanted an apple

quieren que vayas en seguida they want you to go immediately

En inglés I want resulta demasiado directo si queremos pedir algo con educación. En estos casos se suele decir I'd like con please

I'd like a kilo of potatoes, please quiero un kilo de patatas

Para pedir que alguien haga algo, se dice could you o would you con please

could you pass me the salt, please? ¿quieres acercarme la sal?

would you please be quiet? ¿quieres callarte?

could you close the door, please? cierra la puerta, ¿quieres?

2. (amar) to love

quiero mucho a mis padres I love my parents very much

como quieras as you wish

haz lo que quieras do what you like

sin querer accidentally

lo hice sin querer I didn't mean to do it / it was an accident

querer decir to mean [pt. & pp. meant]

¿qué quiere decir "chance"? what does "chance" mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?

quieras o no whether you like it or not

Spanish-English dictionary > querer
10 avvenire

"to happen;

Erfolgen;

resultar"

* * *

1. v/i ( accadere) happen

2. m future

* * *

avvenire¹ s.m. future: avere l'avvenire assicurato, to have a secure (o assured) future // in avvenire, in future; in avvenire, per l'avvenire sappiti regolare, you'll know what to do in the future // giovane di grande avvenire, youth of great promise.

avvenire² v. intr. to happen, to occur; ( aver luogo) to take* place: è avvenuta una disgrazia, there's been an accident; come spesso avviene, as often happens; checché avvenga, whatever may happen.

* * *
[avve'nire]
1. vi irreg

(aus essere) to happen, occur

2. agg inv

future attr

3. sm

(gen) future, (carriera) future, prospects pl

fa progetti per l'avvenire — she's making plans for the future

in avvenire — in the future

* * *
I 1. [avve'nire]
verbo intransitivo (aus. essere) [fatto, incidente] to happen, to occur, to take* place

l'incontro avvenne a Roma — the meeting took place in Rome
2.
verbo impersonale (aus. essere)

a volte avviene che... — sometimes it happens that
II 1. [avve'nire]
aggettivo invariabile future

gli anni avvenire — the years ahead o to come, the coming years

le generazioni avvenire — future generations
2.
sostantivo maschile invariabile (futuro) future

in avvenire — in the future

senza avvenire — futureless

* * *

avvenire¹

/avve'nire/ [107]

I verbo intransitivo

(aus. essere) [fatto, incidente] to happen, to occur, to take* place; l'incontro avvenne a Roma the meeting took place in Rome

II verbo impersonale

(aus. essere) a volte avviene che... sometimes it happens that...

————————

avvenire²

/avve'nire/

I aggettivo invariabile

future; gli anni avvenire the years ahead o to come, the coming years; le generazioni avvenire future generations

II m.inv.

(futuro) future; in avvenire in the future; senza avvenire futureless.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > avvenire
11 aliquid

ălĭquis, aliquid; plur. aliqui [alius-quis; cf. Engl. somebody or other, i.e. some person [p. 88] obscurely definite; v. Donald. Varron. p. 381 sq.] ( fem. sing. rare).— Abl. sing. aliqui, Plaut. Aul. prol. 24; id. Most. 1, 3, 18; id. Truc. 5, 30; id. Ep. 3, 1, 11.— Nom. plur. masc. aliques, analog. to ques, from quis, acc. to Charis. 133 P.— Nom. and acc. plur. neutr. always aliqua.— Dat. and abl. plur. aliquibus, Liv. 22, 13;
oftener aliquis,
id. 26, 15; 26, 49; Plin. 2, 48, 49, § 131.—Alicui, trisyl., Tib. 4, 7, 2), indef. subst. pron., some one, somebody, any one, something, any thing; in the plur., some, any (it is opp. to an object definitely stated, as also to no one, nobody. The synn. quis, aliquis, and quidam designate an object not denoted by name; quis leaves not merely the object, but even its existence, uncertain; hence it is in gen. used in hypoth. and conditional clauses, with si, nisi, num, quando, etc.; aliquis, more emphatic than quis, denotes that an object really exists, but that nothing depends upon its individuality; no matter of what kind it may be, if it is only one, and not none; quidam indicates not merely the existence and individuality of an object, but that it is known as such to the speaker, only that he is not acquainted with, or does not choose to give, its more definite relations; cf. Jahn ad Ov. M. 9, 429, and the works there referred to).
I.
A.. In gen.: nam nos decebat domum Lugere, ubi esset aliquis in lucem editus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 48, 115 (as a transl. of Eurip. Cresph. Fragm. ap. Stob. tit. 121, Edei gar hêmas sullogon poioumenous Ton phunta thrênein, etc.):
Ervom tibi aliquis cras faxo ad villam adferat,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 65:
hunc videre saepe optabamus diem, Quom ex te esset aliquis, qui te appellaret patrem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
utinam modo agatur aliquid!
Cic. Att. 3, 15:
aliquid facerem, ut hoc ne facerem,
I would do any thing, that I might not do this, Ter. And. 1, 5, 24; so id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
fit plerumque, ut ei, qui boni quid volunt adferre, adfingant aliquid, quo faciant id, quod nuntiant, laetius,
Cic. Phil. 1, 3:
quamvis enim demersae sunt leges alicujus opibus,
id. Off. 2, 7, 24:
quod motum adfert alicui,
to any thing, id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53: te donabo ego hodie aliqui (abl.), Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 18; so, gaudere aliqui me volo, in some thing (or some way), id. Truc. 5, 30:
nec manibus humanis (Deus) colitur indigens aliquo,
any thing, Vulg. Act. 17, 25:
non est tua ulla culpa, si te aliqui timuerunt,
Cic. Marcell. 6 fin.:
in narratione, ut aliqua neganda, aliqua adicienda, sic aliqua etiam tacenda,
Quint. 4, 2, 67:
sunt aliqua epistulis eorum inserta,
Tac. Or. 25:
laudare aliqua, ferre quaedam,
Quint. 2, 4, 12:
quaero, utrum aliquid actum an nihil arbitremur,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15: quisquis est ille, si modo est aliquis (i. e. if only there is some one), qui, etc., id. Brut. 73, 255; so id. Ac. 2, 43, 132, etc.; Liv. 2, 10 fin.:
nunc aliquis dicat mihi: Quid tu?
Hor. S. 1, 3, 19; so id. ib. 2, 2, 94; 2, 2, 105; 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 42, and id. Ep. 2, 1, 206.— Fem. sing.:
Forsitan audieris aliquam certamine cursus Veloces superāsse viros,
Ov. M. 10, 560:
si qua tibi spon sa est, haec tibi sive aliqua est,
id. ib. 4, 326.—
B.
Not unfrequently with adj.:
Novo modo novum aliquid inventum adferre addecet,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 156:
novum aliquid advertere,
Tac. A. 15, 30:
judicabant esse profecto aliquid naturā pulchrum atque praeclarum,
Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
mihi ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum,
in which there is any end, id. ib. 19, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 5:
dignum aliquid elaborare,
Tac. Or. 9:
aliquid improvisum, inopinatum,
Liv. 27, 43:
aliquid exquisitum,
Tac. A. 12, 66:
aliquid illustre et dignum memoriā,
id. Or. 20:
sanctum aliquid et providum,
id. G. 8:
insigne aliquid faceret eis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 31:
aliquid magnum,
Verg. A. 9, 186, and 10, 547:
quos magnum aliquid deceret, Juv 8, 263: dicens se esse aliquem magnum,
Vulg. Act. 8, 9:
majus aliquid et excelsius,
Tac. A. 3, 53:
melius aliquid,
Vulg. Heb. 11, 40:
deterius aliquid,
ib. Joan. 5, 14.—Also with unus, to designate a single, but not otherwise defined person:
ad unum aliquem confugiebant,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 41 (cf. id. ib. 2, 12, 42: id si ab uno justo et bono viro consequebantur, erant, etc.): sin aliquis excellit unus e multis;
effert se, si unum aliquid adfert,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; so id. Verr. 2, 2, 52:
aliquis unus pluresve divitiores,
id. Rep. 1, 32: nam si natura non prohibet et esse virum bonum et esse dicendiperitum:
cur non aliquis etiam unus utrumque consequi possit? cur autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem?
that one, Quint. 12, 1, 31; 1, 12, 2.—
C.
Partitive with ex, de, or the gen.:
aliquis ex vobis,
Cic. Cael. 3:
aliquem ex privatis audimus jussisse, etc.,
Plin. 13, 3, 4, § 22:
ex principibus aliquis,
Vulg. Joan. 7, 48; ib. Rom. 11, 14:
aliquis de tribus nobis,
Cic. Leg. 3, 7:
si de iis aliqui remanserint,
Vulg. Lev. 26, 39; ib. 2 Reg. 9, 3:
suorum aliquis,
Cic. Phil. 8, 9:
exspectabam aliquem meorum,
id. Att. 13, 15: succurret fortasse alicui vestrūm, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1:
trium rerum aliqua consequemur,
Cic. Part. 8, 30:
impetratum ab aliquo vestrūm,
Tac. Or. 15; so Vulg. 1 Cor. 6, 1:
principum aliquis,
Tac. G. 13:
cum popularibus et aliquibus principum,
Liv. 22, 13:
horum aliquid,
Vulg. Lev. 15, 10.—
D.
Aliquid (nom. or acc.), with gen. of a subst. or of a neutr, adj. of second decl. instead of the adj. aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, agreeing with such word:
aliquid pugnae,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 54:
vestimenti aridi,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 16:
consilii,
id. Ep. 2, 2, 71:
monstri,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 15:
scitamentorum,
Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 26:
armorum,
Tac. G. 18:
boni,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 5; Ter. And. 2, 3, 24; Vulg. Joan. 1, 46:
aequi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 33:
mali,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 60; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 29:
novi,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 1, 1; Vulg. Act. 17, 21:
potionis,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 22:
virium,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18:
falsi,
id. Caecin. 1, 3:
vacui,
Quint. 10, 6, 1:
mdefensi,
Liv. 26, 5 al. —Very rarely in abl.:
aliquo loci morari,
Dig. 18, 7, 1.—
E.
Frequently, esp. in Cic., with the kindred words aliquando, alicubi, aliquo, etc., for the sake of emphasis or rhetorical fulness, Cic. Planc. 14, 35:
asperius locutus est aliquid aliquando,
id. ib. 13, 33; id. Sest. 6, 14; id. Mil. 25, 67:
non despero fore aliquem aliquando,
id. de Or. 1, 21, 95; id. Rep. 1, 9; id. Or. 42, 144; id. Fam. 7, 11 med.: evadat saltem aliquid aliquā, quod conatus sum, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1; App. Mag. p. 295, 17 al.—
F.
In conditional clauses with si, nisi, quod si, etc.:
si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius dimisisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 1: si aliquid ( really any thing, in contrast with nihil) dandum est voluptati, id. Sen. 13, 44: quod si non possimus aliquid proficere suadendo, Lucc. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 5:
Quod si de iis aliqui remanserint,
Vulg. Lev. 26, 39:
si quando aliquid tamquam aliqua fabella narratur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 59:
si quis vobis aliquid dixerit,
Vulg. Matt. 21, 3; ib. Luc. 19, 8:
si aliquem, cui narraret, habuisset,
Cic. Lael. 23, 88:
si aliquem nacti sumus, cujus, etc.,
id. ib. 8, 27:
cui (puero) si aliquid erit,
id. Fam. 14, 1:
nisi alicui suorum negotium daret,
Nep. Dion, 8, 2:
si aliquid eorum praestitit,
Liv. 24, 8.—
G.
In negative clauses with ne:
Pompeius cavebat omnia, no aliquid vos timeretis,
Cic. Mil. 24, 66:
ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat,
Nep. Epam. 4, 4:
ne alicui dicerent,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 46.—
H.
In Plaut. and Ter. collect. with a plur. verb (cf. tis, Matth. Gr. 673): aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate, open, some one (of you), etc., Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 111 (cf. id. Ps. 5, 1, 37:
me adesse quis nuntiate): aperite aliquis actutum ostium,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 27.—
I.
In Verg. once with the second person sing.:
Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos,
Verg. A. 4, 625.
► In the following passages, with the critical authority added, aliquis seems to stand for the adj.
aliqui, as nemo sometimes stands with a noun for the adj. nullus:
nos quibus est alicunde aliquis objectus labos,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 6 Fleck.;
Et ait idem, ut aliquis metus adjunctus sit ad gratiam,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24 B. and K.:
num igitur aliquis dolor in corpore est?
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82 iid.:
ut aliquis nos deus tolleret,
id. Am. 23, 87 iid.: sin casus aliquis interpellārit, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8 iid.:
si deus aliquis vitas repente mutāsset,
Tac. Or. 41 Halm:
sic est aliquis oratorum campus,
id. ib. 39 id.:
sive sensus aliquis argutā sententiā effulsit,
id. ib. 20 id. A similar use of aliquid for the adj. aliquod was asserted to exist in Plaut. by Lind. ad Cic. Inv. 2, 6, 399, and this is repeated by Klotz, s. v. aliquis, but Lemaire's Index gives only one instance: ni occupo aliquid mihi consilium, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94, where Brix now reads aliquod.
II.
Esp.
A.
With alius, aliud: some or any other, something else, any thing else:
dum aliud aliquid flagitii conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
potest fieri, ut alius aliquis Cornelius sit,
Cic. Fragm. B. VI. 21:
ut per alium aliquem te ipsum ulciscantur,
id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 22:
non est in alio aliquo salus,
Vulg. Act. 4, 12:
aliquid aliud promittere,
Petr. 10, 5 al. —
B.
And with the idea of alius implied, in opp. to a definite object or objects, some or any other, something else, any thing else: aut ture aut vino aut aliqui (abl.) semper supplicat, Plaut. Aul prol. 24:
vellem aliquid Antonio praeter illum libellum libuisset scribere,
Cic. Brut. 44:
aut ipse occurrebat aut aliquos mittebat,
Liv. 34, 38:
cum seditionem sedare vellem, cum frumentum imperarem..., cum aliquid denique rei publicae causā gererem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 27, 20: commentabar declamitans saepe cum M. Pisone et cum Q. Pompeio aut cum aliquo cotidie id. Brut. 90, 310; Vell. 1, 17; Tac. A. 1, 4: (Tiberius) neque spectacula omnino edidit;
et iis, quae ab aliquo ederentur, rarissime interfuit,
Suet. Tib. 47.—
C.
In a pregn. signif. as in Gr. tis, ti, something considerable, important, or great = aliquid magnum (v. supra. I. B.; cf. in Gr. hoti oiesthe ti poiein ouden poiountes, Plat. Symp. 1, 4):
non omnia in ducis, aliquid et in militum manu esse,
Liv. 45, 36.—Hence, esp.,
1.
Esse aliquem or aliquid, to be somebody or something, i. e to be of some worth, value, or note, to be esteemed:
atque fac, ut me velis esse aliquem,
Cic. Att. 3, 15 fin.:
aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris dignum, si vis esse aliquis,
Juv. 1, 73:
an quidquam stultius quam quos singulos contemnas, eos esse aliquid putare universos?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 104:
exstitit Theodas dicens se esse aliquem,
Vulg. Act. 5, 36: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid. Cic. Att. 4, 2:
ego quoque aliquid sum,
id. Fam. 6, 18:
qui videbantur aliquid esse,
Vulg. Gal. 2, 2; 2, 6: quod te cum Culeone scribis de privilegio locutum, est aliquid ( it is something, it is no trifle):
sed, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 15: est istuc quidem aliquid, sed, etc.; id. Sen. 3; id. Cat. 1, 4:
est aliquid nupsisse Jovi,
Ov. F. 6, 27:
Est aliquid de tot Graiorum milibus unum A Diomede legi,
id. M. 13, 241:
est aliquid unius sese dominum fecisse lacertae,
Juv. 3, 230:
omina sunt aliquid,
Ov. Am. 1, 12, 3; so,
crimen abesse,
id. F. 1, 484:
Sunt aliquid Manes,
Prop. 5, 7, 1:
est aliquid eloquentia,
Quint. 1, prooem. fin. —
2.
Dicere aliquid, like legein ti, to say something worth the while:
diceres aliquid et magno quidem philosopho dignum,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 35; cf. Herm. ad Vig. 731; 755; so, assequi aliquid, to effect something considerable:
Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, qui ostium Ponti viderunt,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 45.—
3.
In colloquial lang.: fiet aliquid, something important or great, will, may come to pass or happen: Ch. Invenietur, exquiretur, aliquid fiet. Eu. Enicas. Jam istuc aliquid fiet, metuo, Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 25:
mane, aliquid fiet, ne abi,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 1, 14.—
D.
Ad aliquid esse, in gram. lang., to refer or relate to something else, e. g. pater, filius, frater, etc. (v. ad):
idem cum interrogantur, cur aper apri et pater patris faciat, il lud nomen positum, hoc ad aliquid esse contendunt,
Quint. 1, 6, 13 Halm.—
E.
Atque aliquis, poet. in imitation of hôide de tis, and thus some one (Hom. II. 7, 178;
7, 201 al.): Atque aliquis, magno quaerens exempla timori, Non alios, inquit, motus, etc.,
Luc. 2, 67 Web.; Stat. Th. 1, 171; Claud. Eutr. 1, 350.—
F.
It is sometimes omitted before qui, esp. in the phrase est qui, sunt qui:
praemittebatque de stipulatoribus suis, qui perscrutarentur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 7, 25:
sunt quibus in satirā videar nimis acer,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 1:
sunt qui adiciant his evidentiam, quae, etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, § 63 (cf. on the contr. § 69: verum in his quoque confessionibus est aliquid. quod ex invidiā detrahi possit).—
G.
Aliquid, like nihil (q. v. I. g), is used of persons:
Hinc ad Antonium nemo, illinc ad Caesarem cotidie aliquid transfugiebat,
Vell. 2, 84, 2 (cf. in Gr. tôn d allôn ou per ti... oute theôn out anthrôpôn, Hom. H. Ven. 34 sq. Herm.).— Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭquid (prop. acc. denoting in what respect, with a verb or [p. 89] adj.; so in Gr. ti), somewhat, in something, in some degree, to some extent:
illud vereor, ne tibi illum succensere aliquid suspicere,
Cic. Deiot. 13, 35:
si in me aliquid offendistis,
at all, in any respect, id. Mil. 36, 99:
quos tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina sublevarent,
somewhat, Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
Philippi regnum officere aliquid videtur libertati vestrae,
Liv. 31, 29:
Nos aliquid Rutulos contra juvisse nefandum est?
Verg. A. 10, 84:
neque circumcisio aliquid valet,
Vulg. Gal. 6, 15:
perlucens jam aliquid, incerta tamen lux,
Liv. 41, 2:
aliquid et spatio fessus,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 54; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 259; Ellendt ad Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35.—
B.
ălĭquō (from aliquoi, old dat. denoting direction whither; cf.: eo, quo, alio, etc.).
1.
Somewhither (arch.), to some place, somewhere; in the comic poets sometimes also with a subst. added, which designates the place more definitely:
ut aliquo ex urbe amoveas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 94:
aliquo abicere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26:
concludere,
id. Eun. 4, 3, 25 (cf. id. Ad. 4, 2, 13, in cellam aliquam concludere):
ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,
Cic. Cat. 1, 17:
demigrandum potius aliquo est quam, etc.,
id. Dom. 100:
aliquem aliquo impellere,
id. Vatin. 15:
aliquo exire,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1:
aliquo advenire vel sicunde discedere,
Suet. Calig. 4; Plaut. Rud. 2, 6, 51; id. Men. 5, 1, 3:
in angulum Aliquo abire,
Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 10; 3, 3, 6:
aliquem rus aliquo educere,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3.—With a gen., like quo, ubi, etc.: migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 5.—
2.
With the idea of alio implied, = alio quo, somewhere else, to some other place (cf. aliquis, II. B.):
dum proficiscor aliquo,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 28:
at certe ut hinc concedas aliquo,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 11:
si te parentes timerent atque odissent tui, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,
Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 265.—
C.
ălĭquam, adv. (prop. acc. fem.), = in aliquam partem, in some degree; only in connection with diu, multus, and plures.
1.
Aliquam diu (B. and K.), or together aliquamdiu (Madv., Halm, Dietsch), awhile, for a while, for some time; also pregn., for some considerable time (most freq. in the histt., esp. Cæs. and Livy; also in Cic.).
a.
Absol.:
ut non aliquando condemnatum esse Oppianicum, sed aliquam diu incolumem fuisse miremini,
Cic. Clu. 9, 25:
Aristum Athenis audivit aliquam diu,
id. Ac. 1, 3, 12:
in vincula conjectus est, in quibus aliquamdiu fuit,
Nep. Con. 5, 3;
id. Dion, 3, 1: quā in parte rex affuit, ibi aliquamdiu certatum,
Sall. J. 74, 3; Liv. 3, 70, 4.—
b.
Often followed by deinde, postea, postremo, tandem, etc.:
pugnatur aliquamdiu pari contentione: deinde, etc., Auct. B. G. 8, 19, 3: cunctati aliquamdiu sunt: pudor deinde commovit aciem,
Liv. 2, 10, 9; so id. 1, 16:
quos aliquamdiu inermos timuissent, hos postea armatos superāssent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 6:
controversia aliquamdiu fuit: postremo, etc.,
Liv. 3, 32, 7; 25, 15, 14; 45, 6, 6:
ibi aliquamdiu atrox pugna stetit: tandem, etc.,
Liv. 29, 2, 15; 34, 28, 4 and 11; Suet. Ner. 6.—
* c.
With donec, as a more definite limitation of time, some time... until, a considerable time... until:
exanimis aliquamdiu jacuit, donec, etc.,
Suet. Caes. 82. —
d.
Meton., for a long distance; most freq. of rivers:
Rhodanus aliquamdiu Gallias dirimit,
Mel. 2, 5, 5; so id. 3, 5, 6; 3, 9, 8 al.—Of the Corycian cave in Cilicia:
deinde aliquamdiu perspicuus, mox, et quo magis subitur, obscurior,
Mel. 1, 13.—
2.
Aliquam multi, or aliquammulti, somewhat many, considerable in number or quantity (mostly post-class.):
sunt vestrūm aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognōrunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56 B. and K.: aliquammultos non comparuisse, * Gell. 3, 10, 17 Hertz:
aliquammultis diebus decumbo,
App. Mag. p. 320, 10.—Also adv.: aliquam multum, something much, to a considerable distance, considerably:
sed haec defensio, ut dixi, aliquam multum a me remota est,
App. Mag. p. 276, 7 dub.—And comp. * aliquam plures, somewhat more, considerably more:
aliquam pluribus et amarioribus perorantem,
Tert. Apol. 12 dub.; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 243.—
D.
ălĭquā, adv. (prop. abl. fem.).
1.
Somewhere (like mod. Engl. somewhere for somewhither):
antevenito aliquā aliquos,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 66: aliquā evolare si posset, * Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:
si quā evasissent aliquā,
Liv. 26, 27, 12.—
2.
Transf. to action, in some way or other, in some manner, = aliquo modo:
aliquid aliquā sentire,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62: evadere aliquā, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1:
aliquid aliquā resciscere,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 19, and 4, 1, 19: aliquā nocere, * Verg. E. 3, 15:
aliquā obesse,
App. Mag. p. 295, 17.—
E.
ălĭqui, adv. (prop. abl. = aliquo modo), in some way, somehow:
Quamquam ego tibi videor stultus, gaudere me aliqui volo,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 30 (but in this and like cases, aliqui may be treated as the abl. subst.; cf. supra, I. A.); cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 242.
► The forms aliqua, neutr.
plur., and aliquam, acc., and aliquā, abl., used adverbially, may also be referred to the adj. ălĭqui, ălĭqua, ălĭquod.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquid
12 aliquis

ălĭquis, aliquid; plur. aliqui [alius-quis; cf. Engl. somebody or other, i.e. some person [p. 88] obscurely definite; v. Donald. Varron. p. 381 sq.] ( fem. sing. rare).— Abl. sing. aliqui, Plaut. Aul. prol. 24; id. Most. 1, 3, 18; id. Truc. 5, 30; id. Ep. 3, 1, 11.— Nom. plur. masc. aliques, analog. to ques, from quis, acc. to Charis. 133 P.— Nom. and acc. plur. neutr. always aliqua.— Dat. and abl. plur. aliquibus, Liv. 22, 13;
oftener aliquis,
id. 26, 15; 26, 49; Plin. 2, 48, 49, § 131.—Alicui, trisyl., Tib. 4, 7, 2), indef. subst. pron., some one, somebody, any one, something, any thing; in the plur., some, any (it is opp. to an object definitely stated, as also to no one, nobody. The synn. quis, aliquis, and quidam designate an object not denoted by name; quis leaves not merely the object, but even its existence, uncertain; hence it is in gen. used in hypoth. and conditional clauses, with si, nisi, num, quando, etc.; aliquis, more emphatic than quis, denotes that an object really exists, but that nothing depends upon its individuality; no matter of what kind it may be, if it is only one, and not none; quidam indicates not merely the existence and individuality of an object, but that it is known as such to the speaker, only that he is not acquainted with, or does not choose to give, its more definite relations; cf. Jahn ad Ov. M. 9, 429, and the works there referred to).
I.
A.. In gen.: nam nos decebat domum Lugere, ubi esset aliquis in lucem editus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 48, 115 (as a transl. of Eurip. Cresph. Fragm. ap. Stob. tit. 121, Edei gar hêmas sullogon poioumenous Ton phunta thrênein, etc.):
Ervom tibi aliquis cras faxo ad villam adferat,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 65:
hunc videre saepe optabamus diem, Quom ex te esset aliquis, qui te appellaret patrem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
utinam modo agatur aliquid!
Cic. Att. 3, 15:
aliquid facerem, ut hoc ne facerem,
I would do any thing, that I might not do this, Ter. And. 1, 5, 24; so id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
fit plerumque, ut ei, qui boni quid volunt adferre, adfingant aliquid, quo faciant id, quod nuntiant, laetius,
Cic. Phil. 1, 3:
quamvis enim demersae sunt leges alicujus opibus,
id. Off. 2, 7, 24:
quod motum adfert alicui,
to any thing, id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53: te donabo ego hodie aliqui (abl.), Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 18; so, gaudere aliqui me volo, in some thing (or some way), id. Truc. 5, 30:
nec manibus humanis (Deus) colitur indigens aliquo,
any thing, Vulg. Act. 17, 25:
non est tua ulla culpa, si te aliqui timuerunt,
Cic. Marcell. 6 fin.:
in narratione, ut aliqua neganda, aliqua adicienda, sic aliqua etiam tacenda,
Quint. 4, 2, 67:
sunt aliqua epistulis eorum inserta,
Tac. Or. 25:
laudare aliqua, ferre quaedam,
Quint. 2, 4, 12:
quaero, utrum aliquid actum an nihil arbitremur,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15: quisquis est ille, si modo est aliquis (i. e. if only there is some one), qui, etc., id. Brut. 73, 255; so id. Ac. 2, 43, 132, etc.; Liv. 2, 10 fin.:
nunc aliquis dicat mihi: Quid tu?
Hor. S. 1, 3, 19; so id. ib. 2, 2, 94; 2, 2, 105; 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 42, and id. Ep. 2, 1, 206.— Fem. sing.:
Forsitan audieris aliquam certamine cursus Veloces superāsse viros,
Ov. M. 10, 560:
si qua tibi spon sa est, haec tibi sive aliqua est,
id. ib. 4, 326.—
B.
Not unfrequently with adj.:
Novo modo novum aliquid inventum adferre addecet,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 156:
novum aliquid advertere,
Tac. A. 15, 30:
judicabant esse profecto aliquid naturā pulchrum atque praeclarum,
Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
mihi ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum,
in which there is any end, id. ib. 19, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 5:
dignum aliquid elaborare,
Tac. Or. 9:
aliquid improvisum, inopinatum,
Liv. 27, 43:
aliquid exquisitum,
Tac. A. 12, 66:
aliquid illustre et dignum memoriā,
id. Or. 20:
sanctum aliquid et providum,
id. G. 8:
insigne aliquid faceret eis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 31:
aliquid magnum,
Verg. A. 9, 186, and 10, 547:
quos magnum aliquid deceret, Juv 8, 263: dicens se esse aliquem magnum,
Vulg. Act. 8, 9:
majus aliquid et excelsius,
Tac. A. 3, 53:
melius aliquid,
Vulg. Heb. 11, 40:
deterius aliquid,
ib. Joan. 5, 14.—Also with unus, to designate a single, but not otherwise defined person:
ad unum aliquem confugiebant,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 41 (cf. id. ib. 2, 12, 42: id si ab uno justo et bono viro consequebantur, erant, etc.): sin aliquis excellit unus e multis;
effert se, si unum aliquid adfert,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; so id. Verr. 2, 2, 52:
aliquis unus pluresve divitiores,
id. Rep. 1, 32: nam si natura non prohibet et esse virum bonum et esse dicendiperitum:
cur non aliquis etiam unus utrumque consequi possit? cur autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem?
that one, Quint. 12, 1, 31; 1, 12, 2.—
C.
Partitive with ex, de, or the gen.:
aliquis ex vobis,
Cic. Cael. 3:
aliquem ex privatis audimus jussisse, etc.,
Plin. 13, 3, 4, § 22:
ex principibus aliquis,
Vulg. Joan. 7, 48; ib. Rom. 11, 14:
aliquis de tribus nobis,
Cic. Leg. 3, 7:
si de iis aliqui remanserint,
Vulg. Lev. 26, 39; ib. 2 Reg. 9, 3:
suorum aliquis,
Cic. Phil. 8, 9:
exspectabam aliquem meorum,
id. Att. 13, 15: succurret fortasse alicui vestrūm, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1:
trium rerum aliqua consequemur,
Cic. Part. 8, 30:
impetratum ab aliquo vestrūm,
Tac. Or. 15; so Vulg. 1 Cor. 6, 1:
principum aliquis,
Tac. G. 13:
cum popularibus et aliquibus principum,
Liv. 22, 13:
horum aliquid,
Vulg. Lev. 15, 10.—
D.
Aliquid (nom. or acc.), with gen. of a subst. or of a neutr, adj. of second decl. instead of the adj. aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, agreeing with such word:
aliquid pugnae,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 54:
vestimenti aridi,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 16:
consilii,
id. Ep. 2, 2, 71:
monstri,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 15:
scitamentorum,
Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 26:
armorum,
Tac. G. 18:
boni,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 5; Ter. And. 2, 3, 24; Vulg. Joan. 1, 46:
aequi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 33:
mali,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 60; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 29:
novi,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 1, 1; Vulg. Act. 17, 21:
potionis,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 22:
virium,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18:
falsi,
id. Caecin. 1, 3:
vacui,
Quint. 10, 6, 1:
mdefensi,
Liv. 26, 5 al. —Very rarely in abl.:
aliquo loci morari,
Dig. 18, 7, 1.—
E.
Frequently, esp. in Cic., with the kindred words aliquando, alicubi, aliquo, etc., for the sake of emphasis or rhetorical fulness, Cic. Planc. 14, 35:
asperius locutus est aliquid aliquando,
id. ib. 13, 33; id. Sest. 6, 14; id. Mil. 25, 67:
non despero fore aliquem aliquando,
id. de Or. 1, 21, 95; id. Rep. 1, 9; id. Or. 42, 144; id. Fam. 7, 11 med.: evadat saltem aliquid aliquā, quod conatus sum, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1; App. Mag. p. 295, 17 al.—
F.
In conditional clauses with si, nisi, quod si, etc.:
si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius dimisisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 1: si aliquid ( really any thing, in contrast with nihil) dandum est voluptati, id. Sen. 13, 44: quod si non possimus aliquid proficere suadendo, Lucc. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 5:
Quod si de iis aliqui remanserint,
Vulg. Lev. 26, 39:
si quando aliquid tamquam aliqua fabella narratur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 59:
si quis vobis aliquid dixerit,
Vulg. Matt. 21, 3; ib. Luc. 19, 8:
si aliquem, cui narraret, habuisset,
Cic. Lael. 23, 88:
si aliquem nacti sumus, cujus, etc.,
id. ib. 8, 27:
cui (puero) si aliquid erit,
id. Fam. 14, 1:
nisi alicui suorum negotium daret,
Nep. Dion, 8, 2:
si aliquid eorum praestitit,
Liv. 24, 8.—
G.
In negative clauses with ne:
Pompeius cavebat omnia, no aliquid vos timeretis,
Cic. Mil. 24, 66:
ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat,
Nep. Epam. 4, 4:
ne alicui dicerent,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 46.—
H.
In Plaut. and Ter. collect. with a plur. verb (cf. tis, Matth. Gr. 673): aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate, open, some one (of you), etc., Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 111 (cf. id. Ps. 5, 1, 37:
me adesse quis nuntiate): aperite aliquis actutum ostium,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 27.—
I.
In Verg. once with the second person sing.:
Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos,
Verg. A. 4, 625.
► In the following passages, with the critical authority added, aliquis seems to stand for the adj.
aliqui, as nemo sometimes stands with a noun for the adj. nullus:
nos quibus est alicunde aliquis objectus labos,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 6 Fleck.;
Et ait idem, ut aliquis metus adjunctus sit ad gratiam,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24 B. and K.:
num igitur aliquis dolor in corpore est?
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82 iid.:
ut aliquis nos deus tolleret,
id. Am. 23, 87 iid.: sin casus aliquis interpellārit, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8 iid.:
si deus aliquis vitas repente mutāsset,
Tac. Or. 41 Halm:
sic est aliquis oratorum campus,
id. ib. 39 id.:
sive sensus aliquis argutā sententiā effulsit,
id. ib. 20 id. A similar use of aliquid for the adj. aliquod was asserted to exist in Plaut. by Lind. ad Cic. Inv. 2, 6, 399, and this is repeated by Klotz, s. v. aliquis, but Lemaire's Index gives only one instance: ni occupo aliquid mihi consilium, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94, where Brix now reads aliquod.
II.
Esp.
A.
With alius, aliud: some or any other, something else, any thing else:
dum aliud aliquid flagitii conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
potest fieri, ut alius aliquis Cornelius sit,
Cic. Fragm. B. VI. 21:
ut per alium aliquem te ipsum ulciscantur,
id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 22:
non est in alio aliquo salus,
Vulg. Act. 4, 12:
aliquid aliud promittere,
Petr. 10, 5 al. —
B.
And with the idea of alius implied, in opp. to a definite object or objects, some or any other, something else, any thing else: aut ture aut vino aut aliqui (abl.) semper supplicat, Plaut. Aul prol. 24:
vellem aliquid Antonio praeter illum libellum libuisset scribere,
Cic. Brut. 44:
aut ipse occurrebat aut aliquos mittebat,
Liv. 34, 38:
cum seditionem sedare vellem, cum frumentum imperarem..., cum aliquid denique rei publicae causā gererem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 27, 20: commentabar declamitans saepe cum M. Pisone et cum Q. Pompeio aut cum aliquo cotidie id. Brut. 90, 310; Vell. 1, 17; Tac. A. 1, 4: (Tiberius) neque spectacula omnino edidit;
et iis, quae ab aliquo ederentur, rarissime interfuit,
Suet. Tib. 47.—
C.
In a pregn. signif. as in Gr. tis, ti, something considerable, important, or great = aliquid magnum (v. supra. I. B.; cf. in Gr. hoti oiesthe ti poiein ouden poiountes, Plat. Symp. 1, 4):
non omnia in ducis, aliquid et in militum manu esse,
Liv. 45, 36.—Hence, esp.,
1.
Esse aliquem or aliquid, to be somebody or something, i. e to be of some worth, value, or note, to be esteemed:
atque fac, ut me velis esse aliquem,
Cic. Att. 3, 15 fin.:
aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris dignum, si vis esse aliquis,
Juv. 1, 73:
an quidquam stultius quam quos singulos contemnas, eos esse aliquid putare universos?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 104:
exstitit Theodas dicens se esse aliquem,
Vulg. Act. 5, 36: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid. Cic. Att. 4, 2:
ego quoque aliquid sum,
id. Fam. 6, 18:
qui videbantur aliquid esse,
Vulg. Gal. 2, 2; 2, 6: quod te cum Culeone scribis de privilegio locutum, est aliquid ( it is something, it is no trifle):
sed, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 15: est istuc quidem aliquid, sed, etc.; id. Sen. 3; id. Cat. 1, 4:
est aliquid nupsisse Jovi,
Ov. F. 6, 27:
Est aliquid de tot Graiorum milibus unum A Diomede legi,
id. M. 13, 241:
est aliquid unius sese dominum fecisse lacertae,
Juv. 3, 230:
omina sunt aliquid,
Ov. Am. 1, 12, 3; so,
crimen abesse,
id. F. 1, 484:
Sunt aliquid Manes,
Prop. 5, 7, 1:
est aliquid eloquentia,
Quint. 1, prooem. fin. —
2.
Dicere aliquid, like legein ti, to say something worth the while:
diceres aliquid et magno quidem philosopho dignum,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 35; cf. Herm. ad Vig. 731; 755; so, assequi aliquid, to effect something considerable:
Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, qui ostium Ponti viderunt,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 45.—
3.
In colloquial lang.: fiet aliquid, something important or great, will, may come to pass or happen: Ch. Invenietur, exquiretur, aliquid fiet. Eu. Enicas. Jam istuc aliquid fiet, metuo, Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 25:
mane, aliquid fiet, ne abi,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 1, 14.—
D.
Ad aliquid esse, in gram. lang., to refer or relate to something else, e. g. pater, filius, frater, etc. (v. ad):
idem cum interrogantur, cur aper apri et pater patris faciat, il lud nomen positum, hoc ad aliquid esse contendunt,
Quint. 1, 6, 13 Halm.—
E.
Atque aliquis, poet. in imitation of hôide de tis, and thus some one (Hom. II. 7, 178;
7, 201 al.): Atque aliquis, magno quaerens exempla timori, Non alios, inquit, motus, etc.,
Luc. 2, 67 Web.; Stat. Th. 1, 171; Claud. Eutr. 1, 350.—
F.
It is sometimes omitted before qui, esp. in the phrase est qui, sunt qui:
praemittebatque de stipulatoribus suis, qui perscrutarentur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 7, 25:
sunt quibus in satirā videar nimis acer,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 1:
sunt qui adiciant his evidentiam, quae, etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, § 63 (cf. on the contr. § 69: verum in his quoque confessionibus est aliquid. quod ex invidiā detrahi possit).—
G.
Aliquid, like nihil (q. v. I. g), is used of persons:
Hinc ad Antonium nemo, illinc ad Caesarem cotidie aliquid transfugiebat,
Vell. 2, 84, 2 (cf. in Gr. tôn d allôn ou per ti... oute theôn out anthrôpôn, Hom. H. Ven. 34 sq. Herm.).— Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭquid (prop. acc. denoting in what respect, with a verb or [p. 89] adj.; so in Gr. ti), somewhat, in something, in some degree, to some extent:
illud vereor, ne tibi illum succensere aliquid suspicere,
Cic. Deiot. 13, 35:
si in me aliquid offendistis,
at all, in any respect, id. Mil. 36, 99:
quos tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina sublevarent,
somewhat, Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
Philippi regnum officere aliquid videtur libertati vestrae,
Liv. 31, 29:
Nos aliquid Rutulos contra juvisse nefandum est?
Verg. A. 10, 84:
neque circumcisio aliquid valet,
Vulg. Gal. 6, 15:
perlucens jam aliquid, incerta tamen lux,
Liv. 41, 2:
aliquid et spatio fessus,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 54; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 259; Ellendt ad Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35.—
B.
ălĭquō (from aliquoi, old dat. denoting direction whither; cf.: eo, quo, alio, etc.).
1.
Somewhither (arch.), to some place, somewhere; in the comic poets sometimes also with a subst. added, which designates the place more definitely:
ut aliquo ex urbe amoveas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 94:
aliquo abicere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26:
concludere,
id. Eun. 4, 3, 25 (cf. id. Ad. 4, 2, 13, in cellam aliquam concludere):
ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,
Cic. Cat. 1, 17:
demigrandum potius aliquo est quam, etc.,
id. Dom. 100:
aliquem aliquo impellere,
id. Vatin. 15:
aliquo exire,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1:
aliquo advenire vel sicunde discedere,
Suet. Calig. 4; Plaut. Rud. 2, 6, 51; id. Men. 5, 1, 3:
in angulum Aliquo abire,
Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 10; 3, 3, 6:
aliquem rus aliquo educere,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3.—With a gen., like quo, ubi, etc.: migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 5.—
2.
With the idea of alio implied, = alio quo, somewhere else, to some other place (cf. aliquis, II. B.):
dum proficiscor aliquo,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 28:
at certe ut hinc concedas aliquo,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 11:
si te parentes timerent atque odissent tui, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,
Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 265.—
C.
ălĭquam, adv. (prop. acc. fem.), = in aliquam partem, in some degree; only in connection with diu, multus, and plures.
1.
Aliquam diu (B. and K.), or together aliquamdiu (Madv., Halm, Dietsch), awhile, for a while, for some time; also pregn., for some considerable time (most freq. in the histt., esp. Cæs. and Livy; also in Cic.).
a.
Absol.:
ut non aliquando condemnatum esse Oppianicum, sed aliquam diu incolumem fuisse miremini,
Cic. Clu. 9, 25:
Aristum Athenis audivit aliquam diu,
id. Ac. 1, 3, 12:
in vincula conjectus est, in quibus aliquamdiu fuit,
Nep. Con. 5, 3;
id. Dion, 3, 1: quā in parte rex affuit, ibi aliquamdiu certatum,
Sall. J. 74, 3; Liv. 3, 70, 4.—
b.
Often followed by deinde, postea, postremo, tandem, etc.:
pugnatur aliquamdiu pari contentione: deinde, etc., Auct. B. G. 8, 19, 3: cunctati aliquamdiu sunt: pudor deinde commovit aciem,
Liv. 2, 10, 9; so id. 1, 16:
quos aliquamdiu inermos timuissent, hos postea armatos superāssent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 6:
controversia aliquamdiu fuit: postremo, etc.,
Liv. 3, 32, 7; 25, 15, 14; 45, 6, 6:
ibi aliquamdiu atrox pugna stetit: tandem, etc.,
Liv. 29, 2, 15; 34, 28, 4 and 11; Suet. Ner. 6.—
* c.
With donec, as a more definite limitation of time, some time... until, a considerable time... until:
exanimis aliquamdiu jacuit, donec, etc.,
Suet. Caes. 82. —
d.
Meton., for a long distance; most freq. of rivers:
Rhodanus aliquamdiu Gallias dirimit,
Mel. 2, 5, 5; so id. 3, 5, 6; 3, 9, 8 al.—Of the Corycian cave in Cilicia:
deinde aliquamdiu perspicuus, mox, et quo magis subitur, obscurior,
Mel. 1, 13.—
2.
Aliquam multi, or aliquammulti, somewhat many, considerable in number or quantity (mostly post-class.):
sunt vestrūm aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognōrunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56 B. and K.: aliquammultos non comparuisse, * Gell. 3, 10, 17 Hertz:
aliquammultis diebus decumbo,
App. Mag. p. 320, 10.—Also adv.: aliquam multum, something much, to a considerable distance, considerably:
sed haec defensio, ut dixi, aliquam multum a me remota est,
App. Mag. p. 276, 7 dub.—And comp. * aliquam plures, somewhat more, considerably more:
aliquam pluribus et amarioribus perorantem,
Tert. Apol. 12 dub.; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 243.—
D.
ălĭquā, adv. (prop. abl. fem.).
1.
Somewhere (like mod. Engl. somewhere for somewhither):
antevenito aliquā aliquos,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 66: aliquā evolare si posset, * Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:
si quā evasissent aliquā,
Liv. 26, 27, 12.—
2.
Transf. to action, in some way or other, in some manner, = aliquo modo:
aliquid aliquā sentire,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62: evadere aliquā, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1:
aliquid aliquā resciscere,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 19, and 4, 1, 19: aliquā nocere, * Verg. E. 3, 15:
aliquā obesse,
App. Mag. p. 295, 17.—
E.
ălĭqui, adv. (prop. abl. = aliquo modo), in some way, somehow:
Quamquam ego tibi videor stultus, gaudere me aliqui volo,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 30 (but in this and like cases, aliqui may be treated as the abl. subst.; cf. supra, I. A.); cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 242.
► The forms aliqua, neutr.
plur., and aliquam, acc., and aliquā, abl., used adverbially, may also be referred to the adj. ălĭqui, ălĭqua, ălĭquod.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquis
13 aliquod

ălĭquis, aliquid; plur. aliqui [alius-quis; cf. Engl. somebody or other, i.e. some person [p. 88] obscurely definite; v. Donald. Varron. p. 381 sq.] ( fem. sing. rare).— Abl. sing. aliqui, Plaut. Aul. prol. 24; id. Most. 1, 3, 18; id. Truc. 5, 30; id. Ep. 3, 1, 11.— Nom. plur. masc. aliques, analog. to ques, from quis, acc. to Charis. 133 P.— Nom. and acc. plur. neutr. always aliqua.— Dat. and abl. plur. aliquibus, Liv. 22, 13;
oftener aliquis,
id. 26, 15; 26, 49; Plin. 2, 48, 49, § 131.—Alicui, trisyl., Tib. 4, 7, 2), indef. subst. pron., some one, somebody, any one, something, any thing; in the plur., some, any (it is opp. to an object definitely stated, as also to no one, nobody. The synn. quis, aliquis, and quidam designate an object not denoted by name; quis leaves not merely the object, but even its existence, uncertain; hence it is in gen. used in hypoth. and conditional clauses, with si, nisi, num, quando, etc.; aliquis, more emphatic than quis, denotes that an object really exists, but that nothing depends upon its individuality; no matter of what kind it may be, if it is only one, and not none; quidam indicates not merely the existence and individuality of an object, but that it is known as such to the speaker, only that he is not acquainted with, or does not choose to give, its more definite relations; cf. Jahn ad Ov. M. 9, 429, and the works there referred to).
I.
A.. In gen.: nam nos decebat domum Lugere, ubi esset aliquis in lucem editus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 48, 115 (as a transl. of Eurip. Cresph. Fragm. ap. Stob. tit. 121, Edei gar hêmas sullogon poioumenous Ton phunta thrênein, etc.):
Ervom tibi aliquis cras faxo ad villam adferat,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 65:
hunc videre saepe optabamus diem, Quom ex te esset aliquis, qui te appellaret patrem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
utinam modo agatur aliquid!
Cic. Att. 3, 15:
aliquid facerem, ut hoc ne facerem,
I would do any thing, that I might not do this, Ter. And. 1, 5, 24; so id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
fit plerumque, ut ei, qui boni quid volunt adferre, adfingant aliquid, quo faciant id, quod nuntiant, laetius,
Cic. Phil. 1, 3:
quamvis enim demersae sunt leges alicujus opibus,
id. Off. 2, 7, 24:
quod motum adfert alicui,
to any thing, id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53: te donabo ego hodie aliqui (abl.), Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 18; so, gaudere aliqui me volo, in some thing (or some way), id. Truc. 5, 30:
nec manibus humanis (Deus) colitur indigens aliquo,
any thing, Vulg. Act. 17, 25:
non est tua ulla culpa, si te aliqui timuerunt,
Cic. Marcell. 6 fin.:
in narratione, ut aliqua neganda, aliqua adicienda, sic aliqua etiam tacenda,
Quint. 4, 2, 67:
sunt aliqua epistulis eorum inserta,
Tac. Or. 25:
laudare aliqua, ferre quaedam,
Quint. 2, 4, 12:
quaero, utrum aliquid actum an nihil arbitremur,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15: quisquis est ille, si modo est aliquis (i. e. if only there is some one), qui, etc., id. Brut. 73, 255; so id. Ac. 2, 43, 132, etc.; Liv. 2, 10 fin.:
nunc aliquis dicat mihi: Quid tu?
Hor. S. 1, 3, 19; so id. ib. 2, 2, 94; 2, 2, 105; 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 42, and id. Ep. 2, 1, 206.— Fem. sing.:
Forsitan audieris aliquam certamine cursus Veloces superāsse viros,
Ov. M. 10, 560:
si qua tibi spon sa est, haec tibi sive aliqua est,
id. ib. 4, 326.—
B.
Not unfrequently with adj.:
Novo modo novum aliquid inventum adferre addecet,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 156:
novum aliquid advertere,
Tac. A. 15, 30:
judicabant esse profecto aliquid naturā pulchrum atque praeclarum,
Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
mihi ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum,
in which there is any end, id. ib. 19, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 5:
dignum aliquid elaborare,
Tac. Or. 9:
aliquid improvisum, inopinatum,
Liv. 27, 43:
aliquid exquisitum,
Tac. A. 12, 66:
aliquid illustre et dignum memoriā,
id. Or. 20:
sanctum aliquid et providum,
id. G. 8:
insigne aliquid faceret eis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 31:
aliquid magnum,
Verg. A. 9, 186, and 10, 547:
quos magnum aliquid deceret, Juv 8, 263: dicens se esse aliquem magnum,
Vulg. Act. 8, 9:
majus aliquid et excelsius,
Tac. A. 3, 53:
melius aliquid,
Vulg. Heb. 11, 40:
deterius aliquid,
ib. Joan. 5, 14.—Also with unus, to designate a single, but not otherwise defined person:
ad unum aliquem confugiebant,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 41 (cf. id. ib. 2, 12, 42: id si ab uno justo et bono viro consequebantur, erant, etc.): sin aliquis excellit unus e multis;
effert se, si unum aliquid adfert,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; so id. Verr. 2, 2, 52:
aliquis unus pluresve divitiores,
id. Rep. 1, 32: nam si natura non prohibet et esse virum bonum et esse dicendiperitum:
cur non aliquis etiam unus utrumque consequi possit? cur autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem?
that one, Quint. 12, 1, 31; 1, 12, 2.—
C.
Partitive with ex, de, or the gen.:
aliquis ex vobis,
Cic. Cael. 3:
aliquem ex privatis audimus jussisse, etc.,
Plin. 13, 3, 4, § 22:
ex principibus aliquis,
Vulg. Joan. 7, 48; ib. Rom. 11, 14:
aliquis de tribus nobis,
Cic. Leg. 3, 7:
si de iis aliqui remanserint,
Vulg. Lev. 26, 39; ib. 2 Reg. 9, 3:
suorum aliquis,
Cic. Phil. 8, 9:
exspectabam aliquem meorum,
id. Att. 13, 15: succurret fortasse alicui vestrūm, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1:
trium rerum aliqua consequemur,
Cic. Part. 8, 30:
impetratum ab aliquo vestrūm,
Tac. Or. 15; so Vulg. 1 Cor. 6, 1:
principum aliquis,
Tac. G. 13:
cum popularibus et aliquibus principum,
Liv. 22, 13:
horum aliquid,
Vulg. Lev. 15, 10.—
D.
Aliquid (nom. or acc.), with gen. of a subst. or of a neutr, adj. of second decl. instead of the adj. aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, agreeing with such word:
aliquid pugnae,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 54:
vestimenti aridi,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 16:
consilii,
id. Ep. 2, 2, 71:
monstri,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 15:
scitamentorum,
Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 26:
armorum,
Tac. G. 18:
boni,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 5; Ter. And. 2, 3, 24; Vulg. Joan. 1, 46:
aequi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 33:
mali,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 60; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 29:
novi,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 1, 1; Vulg. Act. 17, 21:
potionis,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 22:
virium,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18:
falsi,
id. Caecin. 1, 3:
vacui,
Quint. 10, 6, 1:
mdefensi,
Liv. 26, 5 al. —Very rarely in abl.:
aliquo loci morari,
Dig. 18, 7, 1.—
E.
Frequently, esp. in Cic., with the kindred words aliquando, alicubi, aliquo, etc., for the sake of emphasis or rhetorical fulness, Cic. Planc. 14, 35:
asperius locutus est aliquid aliquando,
id. ib. 13, 33; id. Sest. 6, 14; id. Mil. 25, 67:
non despero fore aliquem aliquando,
id. de Or. 1, 21, 95; id. Rep. 1, 9; id. Or. 42, 144; id. Fam. 7, 11 med.: evadat saltem aliquid aliquā, quod conatus sum, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1; App. Mag. p. 295, 17 al.—
F.
In conditional clauses with si, nisi, quod si, etc.:
si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius dimisisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 1: si aliquid ( really any thing, in contrast with nihil) dandum est voluptati, id. Sen. 13, 44: quod si non possimus aliquid proficere suadendo, Lucc. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 5:
Quod si de iis aliqui remanserint,
Vulg. Lev. 26, 39:
si quando aliquid tamquam aliqua fabella narratur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 59:
si quis vobis aliquid dixerit,
Vulg. Matt. 21, 3; ib. Luc. 19, 8:
si aliquem, cui narraret, habuisset,
Cic. Lael. 23, 88:
si aliquem nacti sumus, cujus, etc.,
id. ib. 8, 27:
cui (puero) si aliquid erit,
id. Fam. 14, 1:
nisi alicui suorum negotium daret,
Nep. Dion, 8, 2:
si aliquid eorum praestitit,
Liv. 24, 8.—
G.
In negative clauses with ne:
Pompeius cavebat omnia, no aliquid vos timeretis,
Cic. Mil. 24, 66:
ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat,
Nep. Epam. 4, 4:
ne alicui dicerent,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 46.—
H.
In Plaut. and Ter. collect. with a plur. verb (cf. tis, Matth. Gr. 673): aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate, open, some one (of you), etc., Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 111 (cf. id. Ps. 5, 1, 37:
me adesse quis nuntiate): aperite aliquis actutum ostium,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 27.—
I.
In Verg. once with the second person sing.:
Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos,
Verg. A. 4, 625.
► In the following passages, with the critical authority added, aliquis seems to stand for the adj.
aliqui, as nemo sometimes stands with a noun for the adj. nullus:
nos quibus est alicunde aliquis objectus labos,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 6 Fleck.;
Et ait idem, ut aliquis metus adjunctus sit ad gratiam,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24 B. and K.:
num igitur aliquis dolor in corpore est?
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82 iid.:
ut aliquis nos deus tolleret,
id. Am. 23, 87 iid.: sin casus aliquis interpellārit, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8 iid.:
si deus aliquis vitas repente mutāsset,
Tac. Or. 41 Halm:
sic est aliquis oratorum campus,
id. ib. 39 id.:
sive sensus aliquis argutā sententiā effulsit,
id. ib. 20 id. A similar use of aliquid for the adj. aliquod was asserted to exist in Plaut. by Lind. ad Cic. Inv. 2, 6, 399, and this is repeated by Klotz, s. v. aliquis, but Lemaire's Index gives only one instance: ni occupo aliquid mihi consilium, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94, where Brix now reads aliquod.
II.
Esp.
A.
With alius, aliud: some or any other, something else, any thing else:
dum aliud aliquid flagitii conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
potest fieri, ut alius aliquis Cornelius sit,
Cic. Fragm. B. VI. 21:
ut per alium aliquem te ipsum ulciscantur,
id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 22:
non est in alio aliquo salus,
Vulg. Act. 4, 12:
aliquid aliud promittere,
Petr. 10, 5 al. —
B.
And with the idea of alius implied, in opp. to a definite object or objects, some or any other, something else, any thing else: aut ture aut vino aut aliqui (abl.) semper supplicat, Plaut. Aul prol. 24:
vellem aliquid Antonio praeter illum libellum libuisset scribere,
Cic. Brut. 44:
aut ipse occurrebat aut aliquos mittebat,
Liv. 34, 38:
cum seditionem sedare vellem, cum frumentum imperarem..., cum aliquid denique rei publicae causā gererem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 27, 20: commentabar declamitans saepe cum M. Pisone et cum Q. Pompeio aut cum aliquo cotidie id. Brut. 90, 310; Vell. 1, 17; Tac. A. 1, 4: (Tiberius) neque spectacula omnino edidit;
et iis, quae ab aliquo ederentur, rarissime interfuit,
Suet. Tib. 47.—
C.
In a pregn. signif. as in Gr. tis, ti, something considerable, important, or great = aliquid magnum (v. supra. I. B.; cf. in Gr. hoti oiesthe ti poiein ouden poiountes, Plat. Symp. 1, 4):
non omnia in ducis, aliquid et in militum manu esse,
Liv. 45, 36.—Hence, esp.,
1.
Esse aliquem or aliquid, to be somebody or something, i. e to be of some worth, value, or note, to be esteemed:
atque fac, ut me velis esse aliquem,
Cic. Att. 3, 15 fin.:
aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris dignum, si vis esse aliquis,
Juv. 1, 73:
an quidquam stultius quam quos singulos contemnas, eos esse aliquid putare universos?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 104:
exstitit Theodas dicens se esse aliquem,
Vulg. Act. 5, 36: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid. Cic. Att. 4, 2:
ego quoque aliquid sum,
id. Fam. 6, 18:
qui videbantur aliquid esse,
Vulg. Gal. 2, 2; 2, 6: quod te cum Culeone scribis de privilegio locutum, est aliquid ( it is something, it is no trifle):
sed, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 15: est istuc quidem aliquid, sed, etc.; id. Sen. 3; id. Cat. 1, 4:
est aliquid nupsisse Jovi,
Ov. F. 6, 27:
Est aliquid de tot Graiorum milibus unum A Diomede legi,
id. M. 13, 241:
est aliquid unius sese dominum fecisse lacertae,
Juv. 3, 230:
omina sunt aliquid,
Ov. Am. 1, 12, 3; so,
crimen abesse,
id. F. 1, 484:
Sunt aliquid Manes,
Prop. 5, 7, 1:
est aliquid eloquentia,
Quint. 1, prooem. fin. —
2.
Dicere aliquid, like legein ti, to say something worth the while:
diceres aliquid et magno quidem philosopho dignum,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 35; cf. Herm. ad Vig. 731; 755; so, assequi aliquid, to effect something considerable:
Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, qui ostium Ponti viderunt,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 45.—
3.
In colloquial lang.: fiet aliquid, something important or great, will, may come to pass or happen: Ch. Invenietur, exquiretur, aliquid fiet. Eu. Enicas. Jam istuc aliquid fiet, metuo, Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 25:
mane, aliquid fiet, ne abi,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 1, 14.—
D.
Ad aliquid esse, in gram. lang., to refer or relate to something else, e. g. pater, filius, frater, etc. (v. ad):
idem cum interrogantur, cur aper apri et pater patris faciat, il lud nomen positum, hoc ad aliquid esse contendunt,
Quint. 1, 6, 13 Halm.—
E.
Atque aliquis, poet. in imitation of hôide de tis, and thus some one (Hom. II. 7, 178;
7, 201 al.): Atque aliquis, magno quaerens exempla timori, Non alios, inquit, motus, etc.,
Luc. 2, 67 Web.; Stat. Th. 1, 171; Claud. Eutr. 1, 350.—
F.
It is sometimes omitted before qui, esp. in the phrase est qui, sunt qui:
praemittebatque de stipulatoribus suis, qui perscrutarentur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 7, 25:
sunt quibus in satirā videar nimis acer,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 1:
sunt qui adiciant his evidentiam, quae, etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, § 63 (cf. on the contr. § 69: verum in his quoque confessionibus est aliquid. quod ex invidiā detrahi possit).—
G.
Aliquid, like nihil (q. v. I. g), is used of persons:
Hinc ad Antonium nemo, illinc ad Caesarem cotidie aliquid transfugiebat,
Vell. 2, 84, 2 (cf. in Gr. tôn d allôn ou per ti... oute theôn out anthrôpôn, Hom. H. Ven. 34 sq. Herm.).— Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭquid (prop. acc. denoting in what respect, with a verb or [p. 89] adj.; so in Gr. ti), somewhat, in something, in some degree, to some extent:
illud vereor, ne tibi illum succensere aliquid suspicere,
Cic. Deiot. 13, 35:
si in me aliquid offendistis,
at all, in any respect, id. Mil. 36, 99:
quos tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina sublevarent,
somewhat, Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
Philippi regnum officere aliquid videtur libertati vestrae,
Liv. 31, 29:
Nos aliquid Rutulos contra juvisse nefandum est?
Verg. A. 10, 84:
neque circumcisio aliquid valet,
Vulg. Gal. 6, 15:
perlucens jam aliquid, incerta tamen lux,
Liv. 41, 2:
aliquid et spatio fessus,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 54; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 259; Ellendt ad Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35.—
B.
ălĭquō (from aliquoi, old dat. denoting direction whither; cf.: eo, quo, alio, etc.).
1.
Somewhither (arch.), to some place, somewhere; in the comic poets sometimes also with a subst. added, which designates the place more definitely:
ut aliquo ex urbe amoveas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 94:
aliquo abicere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26:
concludere,
id. Eun. 4, 3, 25 (cf. id. Ad. 4, 2, 13, in cellam aliquam concludere):
ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,
Cic. Cat. 1, 17:
demigrandum potius aliquo est quam, etc.,
id. Dom. 100:
aliquem aliquo impellere,
id. Vatin. 15:
aliquo exire,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1:
aliquo advenire vel sicunde discedere,
Suet. Calig. 4; Plaut. Rud. 2, 6, 51; id. Men. 5, 1, 3:
in angulum Aliquo abire,
Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 10; 3, 3, 6:
aliquem rus aliquo educere,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3.—With a gen., like quo, ubi, etc.: migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 5.—
2.
With the idea of alio implied, = alio quo, somewhere else, to some other place (cf. aliquis, II. B.):
dum proficiscor aliquo,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 28:
at certe ut hinc concedas aliquo,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 11:
si te parentes timerent atque odissent tui, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,
Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 265.—
C.
ălĭquam, adv. (prop. acc. fem.), = in aliquam partem, in some degree; only in connection with diu, multus, and plures.
1.
Aliquam diu (B. and K.), or together aliquamdiu (Madv., Halm, Dietsch), awhile, for a while, for some time; also pregn., for some considerable time (most freq. in the histt., esp. Cæs. and Livy; also in Cic.).
a.
Absol.:
ut non aliquando condemnatum esse Oppianicum, sed aliquam diu incolumem fuisse miremini,
Cic. Clu. 9, 25:
Aristum Athenis audivit aliquam diu,
id. Ac. 1, 3, 12:
in vincula conjectus est, in quibus aliquamdiu fuit,
Nep. Con. 5, 3;
id. Dion, 3, 1: quā in parte rex affuit, ibi aliquamdiu certatum,
Sall. J. 74, 3; Liv. 3, 70, 4.—
b.
Often followed by deinde, postea, postremo, tandem, etc.:
pugnatur aliquamdiu pari contentione: deinde, etc., Auct. B. G. 8, 19, 3: cunctati aliquamdiu sunt: pudor deinde commovit aciem,
Liv. 2, 10, 9; so id. 1, 16:
quos aliquamdiu inermos timuissent, hos postea armatos superāssent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 6:
controversia aliquamdiu fuit: postremo, etc.,
Liv. 3, 32, 7; 25, 15, 14; 45, 6, 6:
ibi aliquamdiu atrox pugna stetit: tandem, etc.,
Liv. 29, 2, 15; 34, 28, 4 and 11; Suet. Ner. 6.—
* c.
With donec, as a more definite limitation of time, some time... until, a considerable time... until:
exanimis aliquamdiu jacuit, donec, etc.,
Suet. Caes. 82. —
d.
Meton., for a long distance; most freq. of rivers:
Rhodanus aliquamdiu Gallias dirimit,
Mel. 2, 5, 5; so id. 3, 5, 6; 3, 9, 8 al.—Of the Corycian cave in Cilicia:
deinde aliquamdiu perspicuus, mox, et quo magis subitur, obscurior,
Mel. 1, 13.—
2.
Aliquam multi, or aliquammulti, somewhat many, considerable in number or quantity (mostly post-class.):
sunt vestrūm aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognōrunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56 B. and K.: aliquammultos non comparuisse, * Gell. 3, 10, 17 Hertz:
aliquammultis diebus decumbo,
App. Mag. p. 320, 10.—Also adv.: aliquam multum, something much, to a considerable distance, considerably:
sed haec defensio, ut dixi, aliquam multum a me remota est,
App. Mag. p. 276, 7 dub.—And comp. * aliquam plures, somewhat more, considerably more:
aliquam pluribus et amarioribus perorantem,
Tert. Apol. 12 dub.; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 243.—
D.
ălĭquā, adv. (prop. abl. fem.).
1.
Somewhere (like mod. Engl. somewhere for somewhither):
antevenito aliquā aliquos,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 66: aliquā evolare si posset, * Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:
si quā evasissent aliquā,
Liv. 26, 27, 12.—
2.
Transf. to action, in some way or other, in some manner, = aliquo modo:
aliquid aliquā sentire,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62: evadere aliquā, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1:
aliquid aliquā resciscere,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 19, and 4, 1, 19: aliquā nocere, * Verg. E. 3, 15:
aliquā obesse,
App. Mag. p. 295, 17.—
E.
ălĭqui, adv. (prop. abl. = aliquo modo), in some way, somehow:
Quamquam ego tibi videor stultus, gaudere me aliqui volo,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 30 (but in this and like cases, aliqui may be treated as the abl. subst.; cf. supra, I. A.); cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 242.
► The forms aliqua, neutr.
plur., and aliquam, acc., and aliquā, abl., used adverbially, may also be referred to the adj. ălĭqui, ălĭqua, ălĭquod.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquod
14 sum

1.
sum, fui, esse (2d pers. es, but usu. es in Plaut and Ter; old forms, indic. pres. esum for sum, acc. to Varr. L. L. 9, § 100 Mull.: essis for es, Att. ap. Non. 200, 30, or Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.: simus for sumus, used by Augustus, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87; fut. escit for erit, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25:
esit, XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. nec, p. 162 Mull.: escunt for erunt,
Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60, 3, 3, 9; Lucr. 1, 619; perf. fuvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 168:
FVVEIT, C. I. L. 1, 1051: fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 23; id. Mil. 3, 1, 159:
fuerim,
id. ib. 4, 8, 54:
fuerit,
id. As. 4, 1, 37; subj. pres. siem, sies, siet, etc., very freq., esp. in Plaut.; e. g. siem, Am. prol. 57; Ter. And. 3, 4, 7:
sies,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:
siet,
Plaut. Am. prol. 58; Ter. And. 1, 4, 7; Lucr. 3, 101:
sient,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54; Ter. And. 2, 3, 16; cf. Cic. Or. 47, 157; also,
fuam, fuas, etc., regarded by G. Curtius, de Aorist. Lat. Rel. in Studien zur Gr. u. Lat. Gram. 1, 431 sqq., as an aorist: fuam,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 48; id. Mil. 2, 6, 112: fuas, Liv. Andron. ap. Non 111, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 71; 2, 3, 83; id. Pers. 1, 1, 52; id. Trin. 2, 1, 32: fuat, Pac. ap. Non. 111, 8; Carm. ap. Liv. 25, 12; Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 2; id. Aul. 2, 2, 56; id. Capt. 2, 2, 10 et saep.; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 639; Verg. A. 10, 108:
fuant,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 110; id. Ep. 5, 1, 13; id. Ps. 4, 3, 12: fuvisset, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4; part. pres. ens, used by Caesar, acc. to Prisc. p. 1140 P.; and by Sergius Flavius, acc. to Quint. 8, 3, 33; fut. inf. fore for futurum esse, very freq., and so always with partt.; cf. Madv. Gram. § 108; whence, subj. imperf. forem fores, etc., for essem; esp. in conditional sentences and in the histt., but very rare in Cic.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 597 sqq.), v. n. [root es; Sanscr. as-mi, and the Greek es-mi, whence eimi; perf. fui; root in Sanscr. bhu, to become; bhavas, condition; Gr. phuô, to beget; cf.: fetus, futuo, etc.], to be, as a verb substantive or a copula.
I.
As a verb substantive, to be.
A.
In gen.
1.
Asserting existence, to be, exist, live:
definitionum duo sunt genera prima: unum earum rerum quae sunt: alterum earum quae intelleguntur. Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangive possunt, ut fundum, aedes, parietem, cetera. Non esse rursus ea dico, quae tangi demonstrarive non possunt, cerni tamen animo atque intellegi possunt, ut si usucapionem, si tutelam, etc.... definias,
Cic. Top. 5, 26 sq.:
si abest, nullus est,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 16:
nunc illut est, quom me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,
id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
ita paene nulla sibi fuit Phronesium ( = paene mortuus est),
id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
omne quod eloquimur sic, ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse,
Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:
non statim, quod esse manifestum est, etiam quid sit apparet,
Quint. 3, 6, 81: est locus, Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.):
flumen est Arar, quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 12:
homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt, qui futuri sunt!
Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:
si quos inter societas aut est aut fuit aut futura est,
id. Lael. 22, 83:
nec enim, dum ero, angar ulla re, cum omni vacem culpa: et, si non ero, sensu omnino carebo,
id. Fam. 6, 3, 4:
si modo futuri sumus, erit mihi res opportuna,
id. Att. 11, 4, 1:
si quando erit civitas, erit profecto nobis locus: sin autem non erit, etc.,
id. Fam. 2, 16, 6:
nolite arbitrari, me cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore,
id. Sen. 22, 79:
si erit ulla res publica... sin autem nulla erit,
id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:
fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,
Verg. A. 2, 325:
sive erimus seu nos fata fuisse volunt,
Tib. 3, 5, 32: per quinquennia decem fuimus, Prud. Cath. praef. 2.—
2.
Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place:
illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
neque enim est periculum, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 23, 37:
amabo, quid tibi est?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 24:
quid se futurum esset,
Liv. 33, 27. —
3.
Of location, to be present, to be at a place.
(α).
With adv., or other expressions of place:
cum non liceret quemquam Romae esse, qui, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 41, § 100:
cum Athenis decem ipsos dies fuissem,
id. Fam. 2, 8, 3; id. de Or. 2, 7, 27:
cum Africanus constituisset in hortis esse,
id. Rep. 1, 9, 14:
cum essemus in castris,
id. ib. 1, 15:
nonne mavis sine periculo tuae domi esse quam cum periculo alienae?
id. Fam. 4, 7, 4:
vos istic commodissime sperem esse,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2: te hic tutissime puto fore, Pompon. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 11, A.—
(β).
Of passages in a book or writing, with in and abl., to be, stand, be written, etc.:
deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:
quid enim in illis (litteris) fuit praeter querelam temporum,
id. Fam. 2, 16, 1.—
(γ).
Of personal relations, with ad or apud and acc., or cum and abl. of person:
cum esset (Sulpicius Gallus) casu apud M. Marcellum,
Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21:
eram cum Stoico Diodoto: qui cum habitavisset apud me mecumque vixisset, etc.,
id. Brut. 90, 309:
erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum et pauci, quibuscum essem aeque libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1:
qui me admodum diligunt multumque mecum sunt,
id. ib. 4, 13, 6; cf. with simul:
Smyrnae cum simul essemus complures dies,
id. Rep. 1, 8, 13.—Hence, esp.: esse cum aliquo (aliqua), to be with, i. e. live with, associate with, as husband or wife:
cujus soror est cum P. Quintio,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
ea nocte mecum illa hospitis jussu fuit,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 101; Ov. A. A. 3, 664:
cum hac (meretrice) si qui adulescens forte fuerit,
Cic. Cael. 20, 49; Ov. Am. 2, 8, 27: tum ad me fuerunt, qui, etc., Varr. ap. Non. 133, 28:
Curio fuit ad me sane diu,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 8:
cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit,
id. ib. 10, 16, 1; cf.:
esse sub uno tecto atque ad eosdem Penates,
Liv. 28, 18.—
4.
Of relations analogous to place, of dress, condition, position, office, etc., to be, live, be found, etc., with in and abl.:
cum est in sagis civitas,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 32:
in laxa toga,
Tib. 2, 3, 78: sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictus;
Sive erit in Cois, Coa decere puta,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297: hominem non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed in suis nummis multis esse et semper fuisse, Cic. Verr [p. 1798] 2, 4, 6, §
11: in servitute,
id. Clu. 7, 21:
in illa opinione populari,
id. ib. 51, 142:
in magno nomine et gloria,
id. Div. 1, 17, 31:
in spe,
id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:
in tanta moestitia,
id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:
in odio,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:
in probris, in laudibus,
id. Off. 1, 18, 61:
in officio,
id. ib. 1, 15, 49:
in injustitia,
id. ib. 1, 14, 42:
in vitio,
id. ib. 1, 19, 62; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19:
ne in mora quom opus sit, sies,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:
ne in mora illi sis,
id. ib. 3, 1, 9:
hic in noxia'st,
id. Phorm. 2, 1, 36:
quae (civitas) una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:
in ingenti periculo,
Liv. 5, 47:
in pace,
id. 31, 29.—So with abl. without in, when qualified by an adj.:
(statua) est et fuit tota Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 87:
si quis asperitate ea est et inmanitate naturae,
id. Lael. 23, 87:
ne quo periculo proprio existimares esse,
id. Fam. 4, 15, 2 (B. and K. ex conj.:
in periculo): ego sum spe bona,
id. ib. 12, 28, 3:
res nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse,
id. ib. 12, 28, 3:
incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine,
id. ib. 16, 15, 1; esp. in phrase periculo alicujus esse, to be at the risk of any one:
rem illam suo periculo esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 6:
ut quae in naves inposuissent, ab hostium tempestatisque vi publico periculo essent,
Liv. 23, 49, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:
dare nummos meo periculo,
Dig. 46, 1, 24:
communi periculo,
ib. 13, 6, 21, § 1 (cf. II. B. 1. b. infra).—
5.
To depend upon, rest with, with in and abl.:
res erat non in opinione dubia,
Cic. Dom. 5, 11:
sed totum est in eo, si, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 5:
omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum,
Liv. 10, 14, 12:
quoniam totum in eo sit, ne contrectentur pocula,
Col. 12, 4, 3. —
B.
In partic.
1.
Esse (est, sunt, etc.) often stands without a subject expressed, or with an indef. subj., as antecedent of a rel.-clause, whose verb may be in the indic. or subj.; the former only when the subject is conceived as particular or limited, and actually existing; the latter always when it is conceived as indefinite; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 562 sq.; Roby, Gram. § 1686 sq.; Madv. Gram. § 365; but the distinctions usually drawn by grammarians are not always observed by the best writers; and the subjunctive is always admissible, being the prevailing construction after sunt qui in class. prose, and nearly universal in postAug. writers: sunt, qui (quae), there are those ( people or things) who ( that), or simply some.
a.
With indic.
(α).
Without subject expressed:
mulier mane: sunt Qui volunt te conventam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 37:
sunt hic quos credo inter se dicere,
id. Cas. prol. 67:
sunt quae te volumus percontari,
id. Ps. 1, 5, 47:
quid est, quod tu gestas tabellas?
id. ib. 1, 1, 10:
quid est, quod tu me nunc optuere?
id. Most. 1, 1, 69; cf.:
quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit?
id. ib. 5, 1, 15:
tun' is es, Qui in me aerumnam obsevisti?
id. Ep. 4, 1, 34:
quid est, quod tuo animo aegre est?
id. Cas. 2, 2, 9; id. Cist. 4, 1, 3:
at ego est quod volo loqui,
id. As. 1, 3, 79:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 30:
sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 54:
ita subitum'st, quod eum conventum volo,
id. ib. 5, 2, 51:
sunt quae ego ex te scitari volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 13:
sed est quod suscenset tibi,
Ter. And. 2, 6, 17:
est quod me transire oportet,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 31:
quid sit quapropter te jussi, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1, 7:
sunt item quae appellantur alces,
Caes. B. G. 6, 27 init.:
(nationes) ex quibus sunt qui ovis vivere existimantur,
id. ib. 4, 10 fin.:
sunt qui putant posse te non decedere,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 25:
sunt autem, qui putant non numquam complexione oportere supersederi,
id. Inv. 1, 40, 72:
quamquam sunt, qui propter utilitatem modo petendas putant amicitias,
id. ib. 2, 55, 167:
sunt autem quae praeterii,
id. Att. 10, 4, 11:
sunt, qui abducunt a malis ad bona, ut Epicurus. Sunt, qui satis putant ostendere, nihil inopinati accidisse... Sunt etiam qui haec omnia genera consolandi colligunt,
id. Tusc. 3, 31, 76 Kuhn. N. cr.:
sunt, qui, quod sentiunt, non audent dicere,
id. Off. 1, 24, 84:
Argiletum sunt qui scripserunt ab Argola, etc.,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 157 Mull.:
sunt qui ita dicunt,
Sall. C. 19, 4:
sunt qui spiritum non recipiunt sed resorbent,
Quint. 11, 3, 55:
sunt, quos curriculo pulverem Olympicum Collegisse juvat,
Hor. C. 1, 1, 3; cf. id. S. 1, 4, 24: sunt quibus unum opus est, etc., id. C. 1, 7, 5:
sunt quibus in satira videor nimis acer,
id. S. 2, 1, 1:
sunt quorum ingenium nova tantum crustula promit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 47.—
(β).
With a subject expressed by an indefinite word or clause:
sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:
est genus hominum qui se primos omnium esse volunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
multae sunt causae, quam ob rem cupio abducere,
id. ib. 1, 2, 65 Fleck. (Ussing, cupiam):
erat quidam eunuchus, quem mercatus fuerat,
id. ib. 3, 5, 21:
multaeque res sunt in quibus de suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt,
Cic. Lael. 16, 57:
sunt ejus aliquot orationes, ex quibus lenitas ejus perspici potest,
id. Brut. 48, 177:
fuerunt alia genera philosophorum, qui se omnes Socraticos esse dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62:
nonnulli sunt, qui aluerunt, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 12, 301:
sunt quidam, qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se contemni putant,
id. Lael. 20, 72:
sunt vestrum, judices, aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognoverunt,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56:
multae et pecudes et stirpes sunt, quae sine procuratione hominum salvae esse non possunt,
id. N. D. 2, 52, 130:
sunt bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:
permulta sunt, quae dici possunt, quare intellegatur, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33, 94; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 7, 22; id. Off. 1, 14, 43; 1, 20, 69; id. Div. 1, 54, 123:
fuere complures, qui ad Catilinam initio profecti sunt,
Sall. C. 39, 5: haec sunt, quae clamores et admirationes in bonis oratoribus efficiunt. Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 152:
alia fuere, quae illos magnos fecere,
Sall. C. 52, 21.—
b.
With. subj.: sunt, qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem;
sunt qui nullum censeant fieri discessum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
sunt qui in rebus contrariis parum sibi constent,
id. Off. 1, 21, 71:
de impudentia singulari sunt qui mirentur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6:
est eisdem de rebus quod dici potest subtilius,
id. Tusc. 3, 15, 32:
praesto est qui neget rem ullam percipi esse sensibus,
id. Ac. 2, 32, 101:
quicquid est quod deceat, id, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sunt qui nolint tetigisse nisi illas, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 28:
sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras,
id. Ep. 1, 1, 78:
vestes Gaetulo murice tinctas Sunt qui non habeant, est qui non curet habere,
id. ib. 2, 2, 182 et saep.—
(β).
With a more or less indefinite expression of the subject:
sunt quidam e nostris, qui haec subtilius velint tradere et negent satis esse, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 31:
rarum est quoddam genus eorum, qui se a corpore avocent,
id. Div. 1, 49, 111:
quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat?
id. ib. 2, 60, 125; id. de Or. 2, 50, 196:
solus est hic, qui numquam rationes ad aerarium referat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 98:
quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, permulti sunt, qui pro nihilo putent,
id. Lael. 23, 86:
erat nemo in quem ea suspicio conveniret,
id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65, cf.:
quis enim miles fuit, qui Brundisii illam non viderit? quis, qui nescierit, etc.,
id. Phil. 2, 25, 61:
sit aliquis, qui nihil mali habeat,
id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85:
sunt nonnullae disciplinae, quae officium omne pervertant,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5:
est quaedam animi sanitas quae in insipientem quoque cadat,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:
Syracusis lex est de religione, quae jubeat,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 126:
unus est qui curet constantia magis quam consilio,
id. Att. 1, 18, 7:
si est una ex omnibus quae sese moveat,
id. Rep. 6, 26, 28:
multi sunt, qui non acerbum judicent vivere, sed supervacuum,
Sen. Ep. 24, 26:
erant sententiae quae castra Vari oppugnanda censerent,
Caes. B. C. 2, 30:
fuere cives qui seque remque publicam obstinatis animis perditum irent,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
sunt verba et voces, quibus hunc lenire dolorem Possis,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 34:
sunt delicta tamen, quibus ignovisse velimus,
id. A. P. 347.—
* c.
Poet.: est, quibus (acc. to the Gr. estin hois):
est quibus Eleae concurrit palma quadrigae: est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes,
Prop. 3, 9 (4, 8), 17.—
2.
With dat., to belong or pertain to; or, rendering the dative as the subject of the verb, to have ( possess, = the Fr. etre a used of property, and of permanent conditions or characteristics, not of temporary states, feelings, etc.; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 417 sq.): aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti, amicae quod daret, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 23:
nomen Mercurio'st mihi, Plaut Am. prol. 19: nisi jam tum esset honos elo quentiae,
Cic. Brut. 10, 40:
est igitur homini cum deo similitudo,
id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
familiaritas, quae mihi cum eo est,
id. Att. 8. 3, 2:
privatus illis census erat brevis,
Hor. C. 2, 15, 13; cf.:
Trojae et huic loco nomen est,
Liv. 1, 1, 5:
Hecyra est huic nomen fabulae,
Ter. Hec. prol. 1:
cui saltationi Titius nomen esset,
Cic. Brut. 62, 225:
cui (fonti) nomen Arethusa est,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 118:
Scipio, cui post Africano fuit cognomen,
Liv. 25, 2, 6.—With ellips. of dat. ( poet.):
nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei),
nor is she ashamed, Ov. A. A. 3, 167:
neque testimonii dictio est (sc. servo),
has no right to be a witness, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 63.—
b.
Esse alicui cum aliquo, to have to do with, to be connected with a person:
tecum nihil rei nobis, Demipho, est,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 74:
sibi cum illa mima posthac nihil futurum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 31, 77:
jussit bona proscribi ejus, quicum familiaritas fuerat, societas erat,
id. Quint. 6, 25:
si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus,
id. Fam. 15, 10, 2.—
3.
Esse with certain prepp. and their cases (cf. also I. A. 2. 3. 4. supra).
(α).
Esse ab aliquo, to be of a person, to be the servant, disciple, adherent, partisan, etc., of:
es ne tu an non es ab illo milite e Macedonia?
do you belong to? Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 21:
ab Andria est ancilla haec,
Ter. And. 3, 1, 3; 4, 4, 17:
erat enim ab isto Aristotele,
Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 160:
sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me,
makes for me, id. de Or 1, 13, 55 (cf. ab, I. B. 3., II. B. 2. o.). —
(β).
Esse pro aliquo, to be in favor of, make for:
(judicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,
Cic. Clu. 32, 88.—
(γ).
Esse ex aliqua re, to consist of, be made up of:
(creticus) qui est ex longa et brevi et longa,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; cf.:
duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus,
id. Or. 63, 212:
etsi temeritas ex tribus brevibus et longa est,
id. ib. 63, 214; 64, 215 (v. also 6. infra). —
4.
Euphem., in perf. tempp., of one who has died or a thing that has perished, to be no more, to be gone, departed, dead ( poet.):
horresco misera, mentio quoties fit partionis: Ita paene tibi fuit Phronesium,
i. e. had almost died, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 92:
nunc illud est, cum me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,
id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
sive erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint,
Tib. 3, 5, 32:
fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens Gloria Teucrorum,
Verg. A. 2, 325:
certus in hospitibus non est amor: errat ut ipsi, Cumque nihil speres firmius esse, fuit,
Ov. H. 16, (17), 192.—
5.
Pregn., to be real or a fact, to be the case; so esp.: est, esto, it is even so, be it so, such is or let such be the case, granted, well, etc.:
quid tibi vis dicam, nisi quod est?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 17:
sunt ista, Laeli,
Cic. Lael. 2, 6:
ista esse credere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: est vero, inquit, Africane, id. Fragm. ap. Lact. 1, 18:
est ut dicis, inquam,
id. Fin. 3, 5, 19:
sit quidem ut sex milia seminum intereant,
Col. 3, 3, 13:
esto: ipse nihil est, nihil potest,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 15, 47; cf.:
verum esto,
id. Fin. 2, 23, 75:
esto,
Verg. A. 7, 313; 10, 67; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 81; 1, 17, 37 al.—Hence,
b.
The connections est ut, ubi, cum, quod, or with a subject-clause, it happens or chances that, it is the case that, there is cause or reason why, there is a time when, it is allowed or permissible that, one may, etc.
(α).
Est ut, it is the case or fact, that, etc.:
sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, dos hic maneat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 7 (8), 32:
si est, ut dicat velle se, Redde,
id. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
si est, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit,
id. Phorm. 2, 1, 40:
est, ut id maxime deceat,
Cic. Or. 59, 199:
quando fuit, ut, quod licet, non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48:
non est igitur, ut mirandum sit, ea praesentiri, etc.,
id. Div 1, 56, 128:
non erat, ut fieri posset, mirarier umquam,
Lucr. 5, 979:
futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
non est, ut copia major Ab Jove donari possit tibi,
Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 2:
est ut viro vir latius ordinet Arbusta sulcis,
id. C. 3, 1, 9; Dig. 38, 7, 2.—Cf. esse after a neg., with quin:
numquam est enim, quin aliquid memoriae tradere velimus,
Auct. Her. 3, 24, 40.—Also, est ut, there is reason, that, etc.:
magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14 fin.: ille erat ut odisset primum defensorem salutis meae, he had good reason for hating [p. 1799] id. Mil. 13, 35; cf.:
quid erat cur Milo optaret,
id. ib. 13, 34:
neque est ut putemus ignorari ea ab animalibus,
Plin. 18, 1, 1, § 3. —
(β).
Est ubi, sometime or another, sometimes:
erit, ubi te ulciscar, si vivo,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 26:
est, ubi id isto modo valeat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 8, 23.—
(γ).
Est cum, sometimes:
est cum non est satius, si, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 26, 36.—
(δ).
Est quod, there is reason to, I have occasion:
est quod visam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 26:
etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi quam quod te rogem,
I have more reason to, Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc.,
Liv. 30, 31, 9:
quod timeas non est,
Ov. H. 19, 159:
nil est illic quod moremur diutius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 6:
non est quod multa loquamur,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 30.—Cf. with cur:
non est cur eorum spes infragatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 6:
nihil est cur,
id. Fam. 6, 20, 1.—
(ε).
Est, sit, etc., with infin. in Gr. constr., it is possible, is allowed, permitted, one may, etc. (mostly poet. and post-class.):
est quadam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 32:
Cato, R. R. prooem. § 1: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:
nec non et Tityon terrae omniparentis alumnum Cernere erat,
Verg. A. 6, 596; 8, 676; Sil. 2, 413:
neque est te fallere quicquam,
Verg. G. 4, 447:
unde Plus haurire est,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 79:
est Gaudia prodentem vultum celare,
id. ib. 2, 5, 103:
quod versu dicere non est,
id. ib. 1, 5, 87:
quod tangere non est,
Ov. M. 3, 478:
quae verbo objecta, verbo negare sit,
Liv. 42, 41, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:
ut conjectare erat intentione vultus,
Tac. A. 16, 34:
est videre argentea vasa,
id. G. 5; Val. Max. 2, 6, 8; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 227.— With dat.:
ne tibi sit frigida saxa adire,
Prop. 1, 20, 13; Tib. 1, 6, 24 (32):
tu procul a patria (nec sit mihi credere tantum!) Alpinas nives Me sine vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46:
fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando amicitiae tuae,
Sall. J. 110, 3; Dig. 46, 3, 72, § 4.—
(ζ).
In eo ease ut, etc., to be in a condition to reach the point that, to be possible, etc., to be about to, on the point of, etc. ( impers. or with res, etc., as subj.):
cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,
Liv. 2, 17, 5:
si viderent in eo jam esse ut urbs caperetur,
id. 28, 22, 8:
jamque in eo rem fore, ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
id. 8, 27, 3:
cum res non in eo essent ut, etc.,
id. 33, 41, 9:
non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut, etc.,
id. 30, 19, 3; 34, 41. —With person. subj. (late Lat.):
cum ab Ulixe adducta Iphigenia in eo esset, ut immolaretur,
Hyg. Fab. 261. —
6.
Like the Engl. to be, for to come, fall, reach, to have arrived, etc. (hence also with in and acc.):
ecquid in mentem est tibi, Patrem tibi esse?
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 54:
nam numero mi in mentem fuit,
id. Am. 1, 1, 26:
ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,
Cic. Quint. 5, 22:
portus in praedonum fuisse potestatem sciatis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:
ut certior fieret, quo die in Tusculanum essem futurus,
id. Att. 15, 4, 2:
qui neque in provinciam cum imperio fuerunt,
id. Fam. 8, 8, 8:
quae ne in potestatem quidem populi Romani esset,
Liv. 2, 14, 4:
nec prius militibus in conspectum fuisse,
Suet. Aug. 16:
esse in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 20, 66; cf.:
in eorum potestatem portum futurum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 98; v. Gell. 1, 7, 16 sq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 316.—
7.
Of time, to pass, elapse (rare but class.):
diem scito nullum esse, quo, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1.
II.
As a copula, to be any thing or in any manner.
A.
In gen.
1.
With an adj., subst., or pron.:
et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:
quod in homine multo est evidentius,
id. ib. 8, 27:
sperare videor Scipionis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore,
id. ib. 4, 15:
non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:
cum, ignorante rege, uter esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, Orestes autem ita ut erat, Orestem se esse perseveraret,
id. Lael. 7, 24:
consul autem esse qui potui? etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:
nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere nati,
are a mere number, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 27:
pars non minima triumphi est victimae praecedentes,
Liv. 45, 49:
nobile erit Romae pascua vestra forum,
Prop. 4 (5), 9, 20:
sanguis erant lacrimae,
Luc. 9, 811:
ego tu sum, tu es ego: unanimi sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 49:
tuos sum,
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 60: domus non ea est, quam parietes nostri cingunt, Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 19:
is enim fueram, cui, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 4, 7.—
2.
Less freq. with adv. (esp. in colloq. language): Am. Satin' tu sanus es? Sos. Sic sum ut vides, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 57:
sic, inquit, est,
Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:
est, inquit, ut dicis,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63:
quod ita cum sit,
id. ib. 1, 45, 69:
quia sunt haud procul ab hujus aetatis memoria,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1 B. and K.:
nec vero habere virtutem satis est,
id. ib. 1, 2, 2: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit. Liv. 2, 25:
dato qui bene sit: ego, ubi bene sit, tibi locum lepidum dabo,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:
apud matrem recte est,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
cum in convivio comiter et jucunde fuisses,
id. Deiot. 7, 19:
omnes hanc quaestionem haud remissius sperant futuram,
id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:
dicta impune erant,
Tac. A. 1, 72.—Esp.: facile alicubi (in aliqua re) esse, with pleasure, glad to be:
quod in maritimis facillime sum,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 2:
locum habeo nullum ubi facilius esse possum,
id. Att. 13, 26, 2 (on esse with an adverb, v. Haase ap. Reisig, Vorles. p. 394; cf. also bene under bonus fin.).—
B.
In partic.
1.
With gen. part., to be of, belong to a class, party, etc.:
in republica ita est versatus, ut semper optimarum partium et esset et existimaretur,
Nep. Att. 6, 1:
qui ejusdem civitatis fuit,
id. Them. 9, 1:
qui Romanae partis erant, urbe excesserunt,
Liv. 35, 51, 7: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus;
si defenditis, vestri, si deseritis, Samnitium erimus,
id. 7, 30, 9 sq. —
2.
With gen. or abl. denoting quality.
(α).
With gen.:
nimium me timidum, nullius animi, nullius consilii fuisse confiteor,
Cic. Sest. 16, 36:
disputatio non mediocris contentionis est,
id. de Or. 1, 60, 257:
magni judicii, summae etiam facultatis esse debebit,
id. Or. 21, 70:
(virtus) nec tantarum virium est, ut se ipsa tueatur,
id. Tusc. 5, 1, 2; id. Fin. 5, 12, 36:
Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit,
Sall. J. 95, 3:
summi ut sint laboris,
Caes. B. G. 4, 2:
civitas magnae auctoritatis,
id. ib. 5, 54:
refer, Cujus fortunae (sit),
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54:
se nullius momenti apud exercitum futurum,
Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:
qui ejusdem aetatis fuit,
id. ib. 11, 1:
invicti ad laborem corporis erat,
Liv. 9, 16:
nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit,
id. 21, 60:
somni brevissimi erat,
Suet. Claud. 33.—So of extent, number, etc.:
classis centum navium,
Nep. Them. 2, 2; 2, 5:
annus trecentarum sexaginta quinque dierum,
Suet. Caes. 40.—
(β).
With abl.:
bono animo es,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4:
jam aetate ea sum, ut, etc.,
id. Hec. 5, 1, 11:
bellum varia victoria fuit,
Sall. J. 5, 1:
L. Catilina nobili genere natus fuit magna vi et animi et corporis, set ingenio malo,
id. C. 5, 1:
Sulla animo ingenti,
id. J. 95, 3:
esse magna gratia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
tenuissima valetudine esse,
id. ib. 5, 40:
si fuerit is injustus, timidus, hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
mira sum alacritate ad litigandum,
id. Att. 2, 7, 2:
bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:
ut bono essent animo,
id. Rep. 1, 17, 29:
ut uxores eodem jure sint quo viri,
id. ib. 1, 43, 67:
qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis,
id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:
abi, quaere, unde domo quis, Cujus fortunae, quo sit patre quove patrono,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54 (cf. I. A. 4. supra). —
3.
With gen. or abl. of price or value.
(α).
With gen.:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
videtur esse quantivis pretii,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15:
a me argentum, quanti (servus) est, sumito,
id. Ad. 5, 9, 20:
si ullo in loco frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:
ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit,
id. Rosc. Com. 12, 33:
ut quisque, quod plurimi sit, possideat, ita, etc.,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
magni erunt mihi tuae litterae,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 4:
parvi sunt foris arma, nisi, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 22, 76:
an emat denario quod sit mille denarium,
id. ib. 3, 23, 92:
parvi pretii est quod nihili est,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est quam omnium sermo,
is worth more to me, weighs more with me, id. Att. 12, 28, 2:
neque pluris pretii cocum quam vilicum habeo,
Sall. J. 85, 39:
erat (agellus) centum milium nummum,
Plin. Ep. 6, 3, 1. —
(β).
With abl.: sextante sal et Romae et per totam I i aliam erat, was worth, stood at, Liv. 29, 37.—
4.
With gen. of possession, etc., it belongs, pertains to; or it is the part, property, nature, mark, sign, custom, or duty of, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc.,
who possess, Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent,
Liv. 37, 55, 5:
teneamus eum cursum, qui semper fuit optimi cujusque,
Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:
quamobrem neque sapientis esse accipere habenas,
id. ib. 1, 5, 9; id. de Or. 2, 20, 86:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 333:
temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis,
id. Sen. 6, 20:
est adulescentis majores natu vereri,
id. Off. 1, 34, 122:
Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant,
Liv. 8, 12, 13:
tota tribuniciae potestatis erat,
id. 3, 48:
alterius morientis prope totus exercitus fuit,
id. 22, 50:
jam me Pompeii totum esse scis,
Cic. Fam. 2, 13, 2:
hominum, non causarum, toti erant,
Liv. 3, 36:
plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse,
were devoted to, favored, id. 23, 14:
Dolopes numquam Aetolorum fuerant: Philippi erant,
id. 38, 3:
Ptolemaeus propter aetatem alieni arbitrii erat,
id. 42, 29:
est miserorum ut malevolentes sint,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 51:
quod alterum divinitatis mihi cujusdam videtur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86:
negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:
non est gravitatis ac sapientiae tuae, ferre immoderatius casum incommodorum tuorum,
id. Fam. 5, 16, 5:
est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Rarely with pronom. posses.:
est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur,
Cic. Mur. 38, 83:
fuit meum quidem jam pridem rem publicam lugere,
id. Att. 12, 28, 2.—
(β).
Esp., with gerundive, to denote tendency, effect, etc.:
quae res evertendae rei publicae solerent esse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 132:
regium inperium, quod initio conservandae libertatis fuerat,
Sall. C. 6, 7:
qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent,
Liv. 3, 31, 7:
ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae Hannibali victoriae esse,
id. 27, 9, 12:
nihil tam aequandae libertatis esse quam potentissimum quemque posse dicere causam,
id. 38, 51, 8:
frustrationem eam legis tollendae esse,
id. 3, 24, 1 Weissenb. ad loc.; 3, 39, 8; 5, 3, 5; 40, 29, 11.—
5.
With dat. of the end, object, purpose, etc.:
vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 17, 48:
etiam quae esui potuique non sunt, contineri legato,
Dig. 33, 9, 3; Gell. 4, 1, 20:
ut divites conferrent, qui essent oneri ferendo,
Liv. 2, 9:
magis vis morbi curae esset, maxime quod, etc.,
id. 4, 21, 5:
cum solvendo aere (i. e. aeri) alieno res publica non esset,
id. 31, 13:
iniciuntur ea, quae umori extrahendo sunt,
Cels. 4, 10 fin. — Esp. in phrase solvendo esse, to be solvent, able to pay:
tu nec solvendo eras,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 4:
cum solvendo civitates non essent,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2 (v. solvo).—
6.
With predicative dat. sing., denoting that which the subject is, becomes, appears to be, etc.
(α).
Without second dat. of pers.:
auxilio is fuit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 94:
magis curae'st,
id. Bacch. 4, 10, 3; id. Curc. 4, 2, 15; id. As. 1, 3, 23; id. Capt. 5, 2, 13 sq.:
cui bono fuerit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:
eo natus sum ut Jugurthae scelerum ostentui essem,
Sall. J. 24, 10: cupis me esse nequam;
tamen ero frugi bonae,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51:
magnoque esse argumento, homines scire pleraque antequam nati sint, quod, etc.,
Cic. Sen. 21, 78:
multi Indicioque sui facti persaepe fuere, Lucr 4, 1019: ejus rei ipsa verba formulae testimonio sunt,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 4, 11:
haec res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit,
Liv. 4, 13:
cujus rei Demosthenes atque Aeschines possunt esse documento,
Quint. 7, 1, 2.—
(β).
With second dat. of pers.:
obsecro vos ego mi auxilio sitis,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 9, 5; id. Ep. 5, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 2, 68:
ne quid Captioni mihi sit,
id. ib. 3, 3, 19:
mihi cordi est,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:
ubi eris damno molestiae et dedecori saepe fueris,
id. As. 3, 2, 25:
metuo illaec mihi res ne malo magno fuat,
id. Mil. 2, 6, 12:
nec Salus nobis saluti jam esse potest,
id. Most. 2, 1, 4:
bono usui estis nulli,
id. Curc. 4, 2, 15:
quae sint nobis morbo mortique,
Lucr. 6, 1095:
quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 46:
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: ut mihi magnae curae tuam vitam ac dignitatem esse scires, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A fin.:
accusant ei, quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13: haec tam parva [p. 1800] civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit, id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
ea dictitare, quae detrimento, maculae, invidiae, infamiae nobis omnibus esse possint,
id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §
144: minus ea bella curae patribus erant, quam, etc.,
Liv. 35, 23, 1:
sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc.,
id. 4, 7, 6:
si hoc perinde curae est tibi quam illud mihi,
Plin. Ep. 6, 8, 9:
quantaeque curae tibi fuit, ne quis, etc.,
id. Pan. 25, 3:
quantae sit mihi curae,
id. Ep. 6, 8, 2:
si judicibus ipsis aut gloriae damnatio rei aut deformitati futura absolutio,
Quint. 6, 1, 12.—Rarely with dat. gerund:
nec tamen impedimento id rebus gerundis fuit,
Liv. 26, 24 (for a full account of this dative, v. Roby, Gram. 2, praef. pp. xxv.-lvi., and § 1158 sq.).—
7.
Esse ad aliquid, to be of use for, to serve for:
vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato, R. R. 125:
completae naves taeda et pice reliquisque rebus quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101:
valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 124.—
8.
Id est or hoc est, with predic.-clause by way of explanatory addition, that is, that is to say; sometimes also with a climax in the sense, which is as much as to say, or which is the same thing:
sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur,
Cic. Brut. 46, 172:
quodsi in scena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
id. Lael. 26, 97:
meos amicos, in quibus est studium, in Graeciam mitto, id est ad Graecos ire jubeo,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:
si Epicurum, id est si Democritum probarem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 6:
ut (sapiens) aegritudine opprimatur, id est miseria,
id. Tusc. 3, 13, 27: a parte negotiali, hoc est pragmatikêi, Quint. 3, 7, 1:
cum in bona tua invasero, hoc est, cum te docuero,
id. 8, 3, 89.—
9.
Poet., with Greek inf. pleonastically:
esse dederat monumentum,
Verg. A. 5, 572 (cf.: dôke xeinêion einai, Hom. Il. 10, 269).
2.
sum = eum, Enn. ap. Fest., v. is.
3.
sum- in composition, for sub before m; v. sub fin.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sum
15 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
16 ske

come about, come what may, happen, occur, take place, spoon

* * *

I. (en -er) spoon;

( stor, med langt skaft) ladle;

( murske, planteske) trowel;

[ give ham det ind med skeer] din it into his head, spoon-feed him;

[ han er ikke nem at bide skeer med] he is a handful;

[ tage skeen i en anden hånd]

( ændre metode) take another line,

(dvs forbedre sig) turn over a new leaf.

II. *

( indtræffe) happen ( fx has anything happened? a strange thing happened),

F occur ( fx an unfortunate incident occurred; it has never occurred before),

( foregå også) take place ( fx these events took place many years ago);

( opstå) come about ( fx a change has come about (, taken place); how did the accident (, the misunderstanding) come about?), be ( fx there has been an accident (, a change in the plans, an improvement));

( overgå) happen to ( fx what has happened to him? something dreadful has happened to me);

( udføres) be done ( fx it shall be done!), be made ( fx a mistake was made);

[ sket er sket] what is done cannot be undone;

[ ske din vilje!] Thy will be done!

[ det sker at han kommer for sent] he is sometimes late;

[ det kan ske for enhver] that can happen to anybody;

[ det kan godt ske du har ret] you may be right;

[ lad det ske lidt hurtigt] be quick about it,

T get a move on, make it snappy;

[ det er hvad der kan ske] these things will happen; worse things happen at sea;

[ hvad er der sket med...?] what has happened to ( fx him, his car?);

[ det er sket med ham]

T he has had it; it is all up with him;

[ der er sket en forandring med ham] he has changed;

[ der er sket ham uret] he has been wronged;

[ ske hvad der vil] come what may.

Danish-English dictionary > ske
17 EIGA

possess

* * *

I)

(á, átta, áttr), v.

1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);

2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);

eiga konu, to have her for wife;

hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;

hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;

enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;

eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);

eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);

eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;

eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;

eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;

3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;

tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;

á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;

átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;

4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);

eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;

eiga rétt á sér, to have a (personal) claim to redress;

5) to keep, hold;

eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;

eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;

eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;

eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;

eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;

eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;

6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);

eiga skilit, to have stipulated;

7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);

eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;

eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;

8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);

9) to be the person denoted by a thing;

þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;

10) with preps.:

eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);

to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);

þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;

eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);

to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);

eiga e-t saman, to own in common;

eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;

eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;

eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;

eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);

þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;

eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;

Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;

eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;

far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;

hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;

eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);

ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;

eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;

eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;

recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;

eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;

áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.

II)

f.

1) possession;

kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;

2) property.

* * *

pret. átti; pret. subj. ætti, pres. eigi; pres. ind. á, 2nd pers. átt (irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pl. eigum, 3rd pers. pl. old form eigu, mod. eiga; imperat. eig and eigðu; sup. átt; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. 1st pers. á’k-at, 2nd pers. átt-attu; pret. subj. ættim-a: [Gr. ἔχω; Goth. aigan; A. S. âgan; Hel. êgan; O. H. G. eigan; Swed. äga; Dan. eje; Engl. to owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ‘eiga,’ the latter to ‘eigna’]:—to have, possess.

A. ACT.

I. denoting ownership, to possess:

1. in a proper sense; allt þat góz sem þeir eiga eðr eigandi verða, D. N. i. 80; hann eigr hálfa jörðina, Dipl. v. 24; Björn hljóp þá á skútu er hann átti, Eb. 6; Starkaðr átti hest góðan, Nj. 89; þau áttu gnótt í búi, 257; hón á allan arf eptir mik, 3; átti hón auð fjár, Ld. 20; ef annarr maðr ferr með goðorð en sá er á, Grág. i. 159; annat vápnit, ok á þat Þorbjörn, en Þorgautr á þetta, Ísl. ii. 341; eignir þær er faðir hans hafði átt, Eb. 4; í ríki því er Dana konungar höfðu átt þar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb. 494, Eb. 54, 118, 256, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118; e. saman, to own in common, Grág. i. 199; ef tveir menn eigo bú saman, ii. 44; e. skuld (at e-m), to be in debt, Engl. to owe; en ef hann átti engar skuldir, if he owed no debts, i. 128; þar til átti honum ( owed him) meistari Þorgeirr ok þá mörk, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.); e. fé undir e-m, to be one’s creditor, Nj. 101; in mod. usage, e. fé hjá e-m, or ellipt., e. hjá e-m.

2. in a special sense;

α. eiga konu, to have her to wife; hann átti Gró, Eb. 16; hann átti Ynghvildi, 3; Þorgerðr er (acc.) átti Vigfúss, … Geirríðr er (acc.) átti Þórólfr, 18; hann gékk at eiga Þóru, he married Thora, id.; Þuríði hafði hann áðr átta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42; enga vil ek þessa e., I will not marry any of these, Nj. 22; Björn átti þá konu er Valgerðr hét, 213, 257; faðir Hróðnýjar er átti Þorsteinn, Landn. 90; Ásdísi átti síðar Skúli, S. was A.’s second husband, 88; Þorgerðr er átti Önundr sjóni, 89; Vigdís er átti Þorbjörn enn digri, 87; Árnþrúðr er átti Þórir hersir, 66; Húngerð er átti Svertingr, 6l, 86, and in numberless passages: old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her husband—the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til lítils kemr mér at eiga hinn vaskasta mann á Íslandi) are extraordinary—owing to the primitive notion of the husband’s ‘jus possessionis’ (cp. brúðkaup); but in mod. usage ‘eiga’ is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband; Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married: þau áttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at þau ættist, hann bannaði þeim að eigast, he forbade them to marry:—to the ancients such a phrase was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. Á. 114.

β. eiga börn, to have children, of both parents; áttu þau Jófriðr tíu börn, J. and her husband had ten bairns, Eg. 708; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, Nj. 1; þau Þorsteinn ok Unnr áttu son er Steinn hét, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257; áttu þau Þórhildr þrjá sonu, 30; e. móður, föður, to have a mother, father, Eb. 98; vænti ek ok, at þú eigir illan föður, id.

γ. the phrase, e. heima, to have a home; þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk, Nj. 55; því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, þar sem ek á heima út á Íslandi, 275; in mod. usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger, hvað heitir maðrinn? hvar áttu heima? used in a wider sense than búa.

δ. eiga sér, to have, cp. ‘havde sig’ in Dan. ballads; Höskuldr átti sér dóttur er Hallgerðr hét, Nj. 3; ef hann á sér í vá veru, Hm. 25, (freq. in mod. use.)

3. without strict notion of possession; e. vini, óvini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. 101; hverja liðveizlu skal ek þar e. er þú ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it annat til ( there is nothing left for you) nema at biðja postulann. Jóh. 623. 22: in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann á ekkert til, he is void of means, needy; eiga góða kosti fjár, to be in good circumstances, Ísl. ii. 322; e. vald á e-u, to have within one’s power, Nj. 265; the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut í e-u, to have a share, be concerned with; eptir þat átti hann hlut at við mótstöðumenn Gunnars, 101, 120; þar er þú ættir hlut at, where thou wast concerned, 119; mik uggir at hér muni eigi gæfu-menn hlut í e., 179: hence ellipt., e. í e-u, to be engaged in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like; thus, e. í stríði, fátaekt, baráttu, to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc.

II. denoting duty, right, due, obligation:

1. to be bound, etc.; þeir menn er fylgð áttu með konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. were bound to attend) the king’s person, Fms. vii. 240; á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound to see to that, Eg. 318; Tylptar-kviðr átti um at skilja, Eb. 48; þeir spurðu hvárt Njáli þætti nokkut e. at lýsa vígsök Gunnars, Nj. 117; nú áttu, Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121; menn eigu ( men ought) at spyrja at þingfesti, Grág. i. 19; þá á þann kvið einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59; ef sá maðr á ( owns) fé út hér er ómagann á ( who ought) fram at færa, 270; nú hafa þeir menn jammarga sem þeir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270; tíunda á maðr fé sitt, … þá á hann þat at tíunda, … þá á hann at gefa sálugjafir, i. 202:—‘eiga’ and ‘skal’ are often in the law used indiscriminately, but properly ‘ought’ states the moral, ‘shall’ the legal obligation,—elska skalt þú föður þinn og móður, þú skalt ekki stela, where ‘átt’ would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa á maðr vingjafir at sér lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ‘may’ whilst in life bequeath to his friends, if he will, id.; maðr á at gefa barni sínu laungetnu tólf aura, ef hann vill, fyrir ráð skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjar lofi, a man ‘may’ bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his illegitimate child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef þat á til at vilja, if that is to happen, Fas. i. 11.

2. denoting claim, right, to own, be entitled to, chiefly in law phrases; e. dóm, sakir, to own the case, i. e. be the lawful prosecutor; ok á sá þeirra sakir, er …, Grág. i. 10; eðr eigu þeir eigi at lögum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mál á e-m, to have a charge against one, Nj. 105; e. rétt á e-u, to own a right; sá sem rétt á á henni, who has a right to her, K. Á. 16; þeir sögðu at þeim þótti slíkr maðr mikinn rétt á sér e., such a man had a strong personal claim to redress, Nj. 105; hence the phrase, eiga öngan rétt á sér, if one cannot claim redress for personal injury; þá eigu þeir eigi rétt á sér, then they have no claim to redress whatever, Grág. i. 261; e. sök, saka-staði á e-u, to have a charge against; þat er hann átti öngva sök á, Nj. 130; saka-staði þá er hann þótti á eiga, 166; kalla Vermund eigi ( not) eiga at selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence in mod. usage, eiga denotes what is fit and right, þú átt ekki að göra það, you ought not; eg ætti ekki, I ought not: in old writers eiga is seldom strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than the moral right.

β. eiga fé at e-m (mod. e. hjá e-m), to be one’s creditor, Grág. i. 90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok áttu annat at mér, Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kváðusk mikit e. at Þráni, they had much against Thrain, 138.

γ. the law phrase, e. útkvæmt, fært, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251: at hann skyli eigi e. fært út hingat, Grág. i. 119; ok á eigi þingreitt, is not allowed to go to the parliament, ii. 17; e. vígt, Grág., etc.

III. denoting dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight, trade, or the like), to keep, hold; þætti mér ráðliga at vér ættim einn fimtardóm, Nj. 150; e. orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7; e. högg við e-n, to exchange blows, 297; e. vápna-viðskipti, id., Fms. ii. 17; eiga handsöl at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248; e. ráð við e-n, to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127; e. tal við e-n, to speak, converse with one, 129; e. mál við e-n, id., Grág. i. 10; e. fund, to hold a meeting, Nj. 158; e. þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting, Eg. 271; þetta haust áttu menn rétt (a kind of meeting) fjölmenna, Eb. 106; e. kaupstefnu, to hold a market, exchange, 56; e. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 94; e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, Ld. 38; e. illt við e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98; e. búisifjar, q. v., of intercourse with neighbours, Njarð. 366; e. drykkju við e-n, to be one’s ‘cup-mate,’ Eg. 253; e. við e-n, to deal with one; ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93; gott vilda ek við alla menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47; e. við e-n, to fight one; eigum vér ekki við þá elligar (in a hostile sense), else let us not provoke them, 42; eðr hvárt vili it Helgi e. við Lýting einn eðr bræðr hans báða, 154; brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar eigi við sinn maka, Ld. 64; Glúmr kvað hann ekki þurfa at e. við sik, G. said he had no need to meddle with him, Glúm. 338; e. um að vera, to be concerned; ekki er við menn um at e., Nj. 97; þar sem við vini mína er um at e., where my friends are concerned, 52; við færi er þá um at e., ef Kári er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone, 254; við brögðótta áttu nú um, Fms. v. 263; ætla ek at oss mun léttara falla at e. um við Svein einn, iv. 80; Sveinn svarar, at þeir áttu við ofrefli um at e., that they had to deal with odds, 165.

β. almost as an auxiliary verb; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina svá sem hann átti skill, Fms. vi. 160; þat átta ek skilit við þik, ii. 93; sem Hrani átti skilt, iv. 31; e. mælt, of oral agreement; sem vit áttum mælt með okkr, xi. 40; þá vil ek þat mælt e., 124: in mod. usage e. skilit means to deserve, eg á ekki þetta skilit af hér, etc.

γ. sometimes used much like geta; við því átti Búi eigi gert, B. could not guard against that, Fms. i. 117, cp. xi. 109:—also, e. bágt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; e. heimilt, to have at one’s disposal, Eb. 254.

IV. to have to do; skal Þorleifr eigi ( not) e. at því at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sínar at verja, to have to defend one’s own hands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 47; e. e-m varlaunað, to stand in debt to one, 181; e. um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait, Eb. 108; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250; en er þeir áttu um þetta at tala, when they had to talk, were talking, of this, Stj. 391; e. ríkis at gæta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126; en þó á ek hverki at telja við þik mægðir né frændsemi, i. e. I am no relation to thee, 213; ok ætti þeir við annan at deila fyrst, 111; e. mikið at vinna, to be much engaged, hard at work, 97; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing undone, 56; e. för, ferð, to have a journey to take, 11, 12; hann átti þar fé at heimta, 261; e. eptir mikit at mæla, 88.

2. metaph. in the phrases, e. mikit (lítið) ‘at’ ser, or ‘undir’ sér, to have much (or little) in one’s power; margir menn, þeir er mikit þóttusk at sér e., Sturl. i. 64; far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, go with many men, so that thou hast the whole matter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en ávalt átta ek nokkuð undir mér, Vígl. 33; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir sér, Fas. i. 37; eigum heldr undir oss ( better keep it in our own hands), en ganga í greipar þeim mæðginum, Fs. 37; sem þeir, er ekki eigu undir sér, who are helpless and weak, Þorst. St. 55; e. þykisk hann nokkut undir sér, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122; þetta ráð vil ek undir sonum mínum e., I will leave the matter in my sons’ hands, Valla L. 202; e. líf sitt undir e-m, to have one’s life in another’s hands, Grett. 154; mun ek nú senda eptir mönnum, ok e. eigi undir ójöfnuði hans, and trust him not, 110: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg þori ekki að e. undir því, I dare not risk it: e. saman, to have or own in common; the saying, það á ekki saman nema nafnið, it has nothing but the name in common; rautt gull ok bleikt gull á ekki saman nema nafn eitt, Fms. v. 346: the proverb, þeygi á saman gamalt og ungt, Úlf. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr þú þér því vel við Hallgerði, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of one mind, Nj. 66; eigi veit ek hvárt við eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall have luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3.

β. to deal with one another (sam-eign); er vér skulum svá miklu úgæfu saman e., that we are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201; e. e-t yfir höfði, to have a thing hanging over one’s head, Sks. 742.

V. to agree with, to fit, to suit one:

1. with acc., það á ekki við mig, it suits me not, it agrees not with me.

2. with dat., medic. to agree, heal, the sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt á við mörgu, cp. ‘similia similibus curantur,’ Vidal. ii. 109.

3. absol. to apply to; at hann skyldi eigi trúa lágum manni rauðskeggjuðum, því at meistarinn átti þetta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433; þat muntu ætla, at ek muna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vápn. 21.

B. REFLEX., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask við, to deal with one another, chiefly to fight; en er þeir höfðu langa hríð við átzk, when they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74; eigask við deildir, to be engaged in strife, 246; áttusk þeir höggva-viðskipti við, they came to a close fight, Fms. i. 38; áttusk þeir fá högg við, áðr …, they had a short fight before …, Eg. 297; fátt áttusk þeir við Þjóstólfr ok Þorvaldr, Thostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from each other, Nj. 18; var nú kyrt þann dag, svá at þeir áttusk ekki við, tbat day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222.

β. to marry, vide above (A. I. 2).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EIGA
18 bei

Präp.

1. räumlich, auch fig.:

a) (in der Nähe von) near; bei Berlin near Berlin; die Schlacht bei Waterloo the Battle of Waterloo; beim Rathaus (just) near ( oder by) the town hall; (am Rathaus) at the town hall; dicht bei der Schule just next to the school; gleich beim Hotel liegt die Post the post office is just ( oder right) next to the hotel; etw. bei der Hand haben have s.th. to hand; sein Einkommen / der Wert liegt etwa bei 5000 Euro his salary / its value is around 5000 euros;

b) an einem bestimmten Ort: at; beim Metzger / Bäcker etc. at the butcher’s / baker’s etc.; hast du das bei Woolworth gekauft? did you buy that at Woolworth’s; Herr Müller ist gerade bei Tisch Mr Müller is just at the table; wir waren alle bei mir / meinen Eltern we were all at my house ( oder place) / at my parents’ (place); bei ihr zu Hause in her house, at her place; bei uns in Hessen / auf dem Land where I come from in Hessen / in the country; wir sind morgen bei Kollegen eingeladen we have been invited to visit colleagues tomorrow; er wohnt bei mir nebenan / gegenüber / um die Ecke he lives next door / opposite / on the corner where I live ( oder of my place); sie wohnt bei einem alten Ehepaar she lives with an old couple; bei (per Adresse) Schmidt c / o (= care of) Schmidt; am Telefon: hier bei Müller this is the Müllers’, Müller speaking; bei den Schotten heißt das anders the Scots call it something else; Amerika wacht gerade erst auf, bei uns ist es aber schon 13 Uhr in America they’re just waking up, but here it’s already 1 o’clock

2.

a) bezeichnet Arbeitsverhältnis etc.: for; sie ist bei Langenscheidt she is with ( oder works for) Langenscheidt; er arbeitet oder ist bei der Post / Bahn he works for the post office / railway (Am. railroad); sie ist beim Fernsehen she works for (the) TV; beim Militär in the armed forces;

b) bei jemandem Stunden nehmen have lessons with s.o.; bei welchem Arzt bist du? which doctor do you go to?; Brit. auch who’s your GP?

3. an einer bestimmten Stelle: jemanden beim Kragen packen grab s.o. by the collar; jemanden bei der Hand etc. fassen take s.o. by the hand etc.; die Gelegenheit beim Schopf fassen seize ( oder grab umg.) the opportunity; bei Fuß! (to) heel

4. dabei, mit: with; ich habe kein Geld bei mir I have no money on me; er hatte seinen Hund bei sich he had his dog with him; das ist oft so bei Kindern that’s fairly common with children; pej. children are like that; bei mir machst du das lieber nicht you’d be advised not to try that with me, you’d better not try that with me; die Entscheidung liegt bei dir it’s your decision

5. bezeichnet Teilnahme: bei einer Veranstaltung sein be in an event; bei einer Aufführung mitwirken take part in a performance; bei Spielen: bei dieser Runde setze ich aus I’ll sit this round out

6. von Werken, Künstlern etc.: in the work of; bei Schiller steht in one of Schiller’s works it says, Schiller says; bei Tizian / den Romantikern findet man dieses Motiv you find this motif in the works of Titian / the Romantics

7. zeitlich, Umstände, Zustände:

a) zu einem gewissen Zeitpunkt: on, at; bei meiner Ankunft when I arrived, on my arrival; bei Tagesanbruch at dawn; bei Sonnenaufgang / Sonnenuntergang at sunrise / sunset; bei schönem Wetter when the weather is fine; der Park schließt bei anbrechender Dunkelheit the park closes at dusk; bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich.... I should like to take this opportunity to...; bei einem Unfall in an accident; Vorsicht bei Abfahrt des Zuges! take care when the train leaves;

b) (während) during, at, by; bei Nacht at night; bei Tag during the daytime, by day; beim Unterricht during a ( oder the) lesson; bei einem Glas Wein over a glass of wine; beim Lesen der Zeitung fiel mir auf... while ( oder when) I was reading the paper it struck me...; bei der Arbeit einschlafen fall asleep while working; beim Essen / Schlafen / Schreiben etc. while eating / sleeping / writing etc.;

c) (dabei, mit) with; hilfst du mir beim Umzug / bei der Arbeit? will you help me with my move / work; jemanden beim Namen nennen call s.o. by (his oder her) name;

d) (im Falle von) if there is, in case of; bei Gefahr Knopf drücken press the button in case of danger; bei Regen wird das Fest verschoben if it rains the party will be postponed; bei Nebel if it is foggy; bei Glatteis Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung auf 30 km speed limit 30 km if there is ice; Vorsicht bei Nässe! take care in wet conditions; beim nächsten Mal (the) next time; bei nächster Gelegenheit (the) next chance, at the first ( oder earliest) opportunity; bei Fieber Bettruhe halten stay in bed if you have a temperature; bei so etwas wird mir schlecht that sort of thing makes me feel ill; bei so etwas kann er nicht mitreden he has nothing to say about that sort of thing

8. (unter) among; bei den alten Fotos among the old photos; heute war nichts für dich bei der Post there was nothing for you in the post (Am. mail) today; bei Strafe von under penalty of

9. (betreffend): bei Alkohol muss ich aufpassen I have to be careful with alcohol; bei Geldfragen muss ich passen when it comes to (questions of) money, I have to pass; bei Männern hat sie Pech she’s unlucky with men

10. (angesichts): bei deinem Gehalt! (you) with your salary!; bei meinem Gehalt kann ich mir das nicht leisten I can’t afford that on ( oder with) my salary; bei deiner Erkältung solltest du nicht rausgehen you should stay in with your cold ( oder with that cold of yours); bei 25 Euro pro Stunde at 25 euros an hour; bei so vielen Schwierigkeiten considering all the difficulties; bei so viel Hilfe sind wir schnell fertig with all this help we should be ready soon; bei der Lage der Dinge (with) matters ( oder things) the way they are; bei so vielen Teilnehmern können wir... with so many participants we can...; bei diesem Lärm / diesen Temperaturen kann man nicht schlafen with all this noise / with temperatures like this one can’t sleep

11. (trotz): bei aller Liebe, das ist zu viel verlangt much as I sympathize - that’s asking too much; und das bei all seiner Mühe! and that in spite of all his efforts

12. in bestimmtem Zustand: bei Kräften sein be in good health; bei guter Gesundheit sein be in good health; bei Besinnung sein be conscious; du bist wohl nicht ( recht) bei Trost! you’re not in your right mind; er ist heute nicht bei Laune he’s not in a very good mood today; gut bei Kasse sein have plenty of money

13. bei bestimmten Bedingungen: beim besten Willen with the best will in the world; bei Wasser und Brot with just bread and water; bei offenem Fenster with the window open; bei Kerzenlicht / Mondschein by candlelight / moonlight; bei Licht besehen ist es nur halb so schlimm seen in the light of day it’s not so bad; bei Tageslicht by daylight

14. Maß: bei weitem by far

15. Anrufung: schwören bei swear by; bei Gott! by God!; bei meiner Ehre! altm. on my hono(u)r!; bei allem, was recht ist, das geht nun wirklich zu weit in all conscience, that’s going too far

* * *

on; at; about; next to; upon; beside; in the event of

* * *

1) at

2) (next to; near; at the side of: by the door; He sat by his sister.) by

3) on

4) upon

5) (in the care of: Leave your case with the porter.) with

* * *

bei

[bai]

präp + dat

1. (räumlich: in jds Wohn-/Lebensbereich) with

\bei wem hast du die letzte Nacht verbracht? who did you spend last night with?

sie wohnt \bei ihren Großeltern she lives with her grandparents

ich war die ganze Zeit \bei meinen Eltern I was at my parents' [house] the whole time

am Wochenende sind sie entweder \bei ihm oder \bei ihr at the weekend they're either at his place or at hers

\bei jdm zu Besuch sein to be staying with [or visiting] sb

\bei jdm zu Hause at sb's house

bei uns zu Hause war das immer so üblich we always did it that way at home, that was the way we did things at home

\bei Hofe at court

\bei den Maori/Masai leben to live among the Maori/Masai

\bei Familie Schmidt (Briefanschrift) c/o Schmidt

2. (räumlich: im Tätigkeits-/Unternehmensbereich) for

\bei jdm arbeiten [o sein] to work for sb

er ist \bei Klett angestellt he works at Klett

sie arbeitet \beim Fernsehen she works in television

er arbeitet \bei der Bahn/beim Bund/einer Firma/ der Post he works for the railways/the government/a company/the post office

er arbeitet \beim Supermarkt an der Ecke he works at the supermarket on the corner

er ist neuerdings Redakteur \bei uns he joined us as an editor recently

er ist ein hohes Tier \bei der Post he's a big shot [or fish] at the post office

\bei wem lassen Sie Ihre Anzüge schneidern? who makes your suits?, who is your tailor?

\bei wem haben Sie Deutsch gelernt? who taught you German?

sie hat ihr Handwerk \bei einem sehr erfahrenen Meister gelernt she learnt her trade from a very experienced master craftsman

beim Bäcker/Friseur at the baker's/hairdresser's

\bei der Citybank sein (ein Konto haben) to bank [or have an account] with the Citybank

\bei Klett erschienen published by Klett

\bei der Marine/beim Militär in the navy/military

\bei jdm Unterricht haben [o nehmen] to have lessons with [or take lessons from] sb

3. (räumlich: in jds Werk)

▪ \bei jdm in

das Zitat steht [irgendwo] \bei Goethe the quotation comes from [somewhere in] Goethe

\bei wem hast du denn das gelesen? where did you read that?

das kannst du alles \bei Schopenhauer nachlesen you can look it all up in Schopenhauer

4. (räumlich: mit sich haben) with

etw \bei sich dat haben [o tragen] to have sth with [or on] one

ich habe die Unterlagen leider nicht \bei mir I'm afraid I haven't got the papers with me

ich habe gerade kein Geld \bei mir I don't have [or I'm not carrying] any money on [or with] me at the moment

jdn \bei sich dat haben to have sb with one

zum Glück hatte ich meinen Bruder \bei mir fortunately, my brother was with me

5. (räumlich: im eigenen Bereich) to

ich dachte \bei mir... I thought [or was thinking] to myself...

etw \bei sich behalten to keep sth to oneself

behalte die Nachricht bitte noch \bei dir please don't tell anyone else the news for now, please keep the news to yourself for now

6. (räumlich: in der Nähe) near

Böblingen ist eine Stadt \bei Stuttgart Böblingen is a town near Stuttgart

er wohnt \beim Bahnhof he lives near [to] [or close to] the station

wir treffen uns \bei der Kirche/der Post we'll meet by the church/post office

er saß \bei ihr (direkt neben) he sat beside [or next to] her; (in der näheren Umgebung) he sat close to [or near] her

geh du, ich bleibe \bei den Kindern you go, I'll stay with the children

\bei der ersten/zweiten Kreuzung at the first/second crossing

\beim Fluss by the river

die Schlacht \bei Hastings the battle of Hastings

7. (räumlich: an) by

jdn \bei der Hand nehmen to take sb by the hand; ÖSTERR (fig)

etw \bei der Hand haben to have sth at hand

8. (räumlich: zwischen, unter) among

er war auch \bei den Demonstranten he was also among the demonstrators

die Unterlagen sind \bei den Akten the papers are amongst the files

9. (Angabe von Zeitspanne) during; (Angabe von Zeitpunkt) at

unterbrechen Sie mich bitte nicht dauernd \bei meiner Rede! please stop interrupting my speech!

\bei dem Zugunglück starben viele Menschen many people died in the train crash

\bei der Aufführung darf nicht geraucht werden smoking is not permitted during the performance

Vorsicht \bei der Abfahrt [des Zuges] please stand clear of the doors, the train is about to leave

\bei jds Abreise/Ankunft on sb's departure/arrival

ich hoffe, du bist \bei meiner Abreise auch da I hope you will be there when I leave [or on my departure]

\bei Anbruch der Dunkelheit/des Tages at nightfall/daybreak

\bei der Geburt/dem Tod at his/her etc. birth/death

\bei Nacht/Tag by night/day

\bei Tag und Nacht day and night

\bei Tisch at table

10. (gibt Teilnahme an)

\bei einer Aufführung mitwirken to be involved in a performance/play

\bei einem Gottesdienst/einer Hochzeit sein to be at a church service/wedding

11. (während einer Tätigkeit) while

das ist mir beim Bügeln eingefallen it occurred to me when [or as] [or while] I was ironing; NORDD

\bei sein, etw zu tun to be on the verge of doing sth [or about to do sth

12. (Begleitumstände) by

wir können das ja \bei einer Flasche Wein besprechen let's talk about it over a bottle of wine

\bei Schnee ist Weihnachten immer am schönsten Christmas is always nicest when it snows

\bei diesem Wetter setze ich keinen Fuß vor die Tür! I'm not setting foot outside the door in this weather!

\bei der Arbeit sein to be working [or at work]

\bei/nicht \bei Bewusstsein sein to be conscious/unconscious

\bei Kerzenlicht by candlelight

\bei Kräften/guter Laune sein to be well [or fit]/in good spirits

\bei dieser Hitze/Kälte in such heat/cold

\bei Tageslicht arbeiten to work in daylight

nicht mehr \bei Verstand sein to have taken leave of one's senses, to not be in one's right mind

\bei Wind und Wetter come rain or shine

13. (ungefähr) around

der Preis liegt \bei etwa Euro 1.000 the price is around [or about] 1,000 euros

14. (zur Angabe eines erreichten Wertes)

der DAX lag \bei 3.554 the DAX closed at 3,554 points

die Temperatur lag \bei 38,3° im Schatten the temperature was 38.3° in the shade

15. (im Falle von etw) in case of

„bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen“ “in case of fire break glass”

\bei Nebel/Regen werde ich nicht fahren I won't go if it's foggy/it rains

16. (wegen, mit) with

\bei seiner Sturheit könnte man manchmal wirklich verzweifeln one could sometimes really despair at his stubbornness

\bei so viel Dummheit ist wirklich alle Liebesmüh vergebens all effort is futile in the face of such stupidity

\bei diesem Sturm bleiben wir lieber zu Hause in view of [or due to] this storm we'd better stay at home

\bei deinen Fähigkeiten with your talents [or skills

17. (trotz) in spite of, despite

\bei aller Freundschaft, das geht einfach zu weit we may be friends but that's just going too far

es geht \beim besten Willen nicht even with the best will in the world it's just not possible

18. (in Schwurformeln) by

ich schwöre es, \bei meiner toten Mutter! I swear on my mother's grave!

\bei meiner Ehre [up]on my honour

\bei Gott! (veraltend) by God!

„ich schwöre \bei Gott, die Wahrheit zu sagen und nichts als die Wahrheit“ “I swear to tell the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth, so help me God”

19.

▶ nicht [ganz] \bei sich dat sein (fam) to be not [quite] oneself

* * *

Präposition mit Dat

1) (nahe) near; (dicht an, neben) by

die Schlacht bei Leipzig — the battle of Leipzig

bei den Fahrrädern/Kindern bleiben — stay with the bicycles/children

etwas bei sich haben — have something with or on one

nicht [ganz] bei sich sein — (fig.) be not quite with it

sich bei jemandem entschuldigen/erkundigen — apologize to somebody/ask somebody

wir haben Physik bei Herrn Meyer — we do physics with Mr Meyer

2) (unter) among

war heute ein Brief für mich bei der Post? — was there a letter for me in the post today?

3) (an) by

jemanden bei der Hand nehmen — take somebody by the hand

4) (im Wohn-/Lebens-/Arbeitsbereich von)

bei uns tut man das nicht — we don't do that

bei mir [zu Hause] — at my house

bei uns um die Ecke/gegenüber — round the corner from us/opposite us

bei seinen Eltern leben — live with one's parents

wir sind bei ihr eingeladen — we have been invited to her house

wir treffen uns bei uns/Peter — we'll meet at our/Peter's place

bei uns in Österreich — in Austria [where I/we come from/live]

bei uns in der Firma — in our company

bei Schmidt — (auf Briefen) c/o Schmidt

bei einer Firma sein — be with a company

bei jemandem/einem Verlag arbeiten — work for somebody/a publishing house

5) (im Bereich eines Vorgangs) at

bei einer Hochzeit/einem Empfang — usw. at a wedding/reception etc.

bei einem Unfall — in an accident

6) (im Werk von)

bei Goethe — in Goethe

bei Schiller heißt es... — Schiller says or writes that...

7) (im Falle von) in the case of

bei bestimmten Pflanzen — in certain plants

bei der Hauskatze — in the domestic cat

wie bei den Römern — as with the Romans

hoffentlich geht es nicht wie bei mir — I hope the same thing doesn't happen as happened in my case

8) (Zeitpunkt)

bei seiner Ankunft — on his arrival

bei diesen Worten errötete er — at this he blushed

bei Sonnenaufgang/-untergang — at sunrise/sunset

bei unserer Begegnung — at our meeting

9) (modal)

bei Tag/Nacht — by day/night

bei Tag und [bei] Nacht — day and night

bei Tageslicht — by daylight

bei Nebel — in fog

bei Kälte — when it's cold

bei offenem Fenster schlafen — sleep with the window open

10) (im Falle des Auftretens von)

‘bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen’ — ‘in case of fire, break glass’

‘bei Regen Schleudergefahr’ — ‘slippery when wet’

bei hohem Fieber — when somebody has a high temperature

11) (angesichts) with

bei dieser Hitze — in this heat

bei diesem Sturm/Lärm — with this storm blowing/noise going on

12) (trotz)

bei all seinem Engagement/seinen Bemühungen — in spite of or despite or for all his commitment/efforts

bei allem Verständnis, aber ich kann das nicht — much as I sympathize, I cannot do that

13) (in Beteuerungsformeln) by

bei Gott! — by God!

bei meiner Ehre! — (veralt.) upon my honour!

* * *

bei präp

1. räumlich, auch fig: (in der Nähe von) near;

bei Berlin near Berlin;

die Schlacht bei Waterloo the Battle of Waterloo;

beim Rathaus (just) near ( oder by) the town hall; (am Rathaus) at the town hall;

dicht bei der Schule just next to the school;

gleich beim Hotel liegt die Post the post office is just ( oder right) next to the hotel;

etwas bei der Hand haben have sth to hand;

sein Einkommen/der Wert liegt etwa bei 5000 Euro his salary/its value is around 5000 euros; an einem bestimmten Ort: at;

beim Metzger/Bäcker etc at the butcher’s/baker’s etc;

hast du das bei Woolworth gekauft? did you buy that at Woolworth’s;

Herr Müller ist gerade bei Tisch Mr Müller is just at the table;

wir waren alle bei mir/meinen Eltern we were all at my house ( oder place)/at my parents’ (place);

bei ihr zu Hause in her house, at her place;

bei uns in Hessen/auf dem Land where I come from in Hessen/in the country;

wir sind morgen bei Kollegen eingeladen we have been invited to visit colleagues tomorrow;

er wohnt bei mir nebenan/gegenüber/um die Ecke he lives next door/opposite/on the corner where I live ( oder of my place);

sie wohnt bei einem alten Ehepaar she lives with an old couple;

bei (per Adresse)

Schmidt c/o (= care of) Schmidt; am Telefon:

hier bei Müller this is the Müllers’, Müller speaking;

bei den Schotten heißt das anders the Scots call it something else;

Amerika wacht gerade erst auf, bei uns ist es aber schon 13 Uhr in America they’re just waking up, but here it’s already 1 o’clock

2. bezeichnet Arbeitsverhältnis etc: for;

sie ist bei Langenscheidt she is with ( oder works for) Langenscheidt;

er arbeitet oder

ist bei der Post/Bahn he works for the post office/railway (US railroad);

sie ist beim Fernsehen she works for (the) TV;

beim Militär in the armed forces;

bei jemandem Stunden nehmen have lessons with sb;

bei welchem Arzt bist du? which doctor do you go to?; Br auch who’s your GP?

3. an einer bestimmten Stelle:

jemanden beim Kragen packen grab sb by the collar;

jemanden bei der Hand etc

fassen take sb by the hand etc;

die Gelegenheit beim Schopf fassen seize ( oder grab umg) the opportunity;

bei Fuß! (to) heel

4. dabei, mit: with;

ich habe kein Geld bei mir I have no money on me;

er hatte seinen Hund bei sich he had his dog with him;

das ist oft so bei Kindern that’s fairly common with children; pej children are like that;

bei mir machst du das lieber nicht you’d be advised not to try that with me, you’d better not try that with me;

die Entscheidung liegt bei dir it’s your decision

5. bezeichnet Teilnahme:

bei einer Veranstaltung sein be in an event;

bei einer Aufführung mitwirken take part in a performance; bei Spielen:

bei dieser Runde setze ich aus I’ll sit this round out

6. von Werken, Künstlern etc: in the work of;

bei Schiller steht in one of Schiller’s works it says, Schiller says;

bei Tizian/den Romantikern findet man dieses Motiv you find this motif in the works of Titian/the Romantics

7. zeitlich, Umstände, Zustände: zu einem gewissen Zeitpunkt: on, at;

bei meiner Ankunft when I arrived, on my arrival;

bei Tagesanbruch at dawn;

bei Sonnenaufgang/Sonnenuntergang at sunrise/sunset;

bei schönem Wetter when the weather is fine;

der Park schließt bei anbrechender Dunkelheit the park closes at dusk;

bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich …. I should like to take this opportunity to …;

bei einem Unfall in an accident;

Vorsicht bei Abfahrt des Zuges! take care when the train leaves; (während) during, at, by;

bei Nacht at night;

bei Tag during the daytime, by day;

beim Unterricht during a ( oder the) lesson;

bei einem Glas Wein over a glass of wine;

beim Lesen der Zeitung fiel mir auf … while ( oder when) I was reading the paper it struck me …;

bei der Arbeit einschlafen fall asleep while working;

beim Essen/Schlafen/Schreiben etc while eating/sleeping/writing etc; (dabei, mit) with;

hilfst du mir beim Umzug/bei der Arbeit? will you help me with my move/work;

jemanden beim Namen nennen call sb by (his oder her) name; (im Falle von) if there is, in case of;

bei Gefahr Knopf drücken press the button in case of danger;

bei Regen wird das Fest verschoben if it rains the party will be postponed;

bei Nebel if it is foggy;

bei Glatteis Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung auf 30 km speed limit 30 km if there is ice;

Vorsicht bei Nässe! take care in wet conditions;

beim nächsten Mal (the) next time;

bei nächster Gelegenheit (the) next chance, at the first ( oder earliest) opportunity;

bei Fieber Bettruhe halten stay in bed if you have a temperature;

bei so etwas wird mir schlecht that sort of thing makes me feel ill;

bei so etwas kann er nicht mitreden he has nothing to say about that sort of thing

8. (unter) among;

bei den alten Fotos among the old photos;

heute war nichts für dich bei der Post there was nothing for you in the post (US mail) today;

bei Strafe von under penalty of

9. (betreffend):

bei Alkohol muss ich aufpassen I have to be careful with alcohol;

bei Geldfragen muss ich passen when it comes to (questions of) money, I have to pass;

bei Männern hat sie Pech she’s unlucky with men

10. (angesichts):

bei deinem Gehalt! (you) with your salary!;

bei meinem Gehalt kann ich mir das nicht leisten I can’t afford that on ( oder with) my salary;

bei deiner Erkältung solltest du nicht rausgehen you should stay in with your cold ( oder with that cold of yours);

bei 25 Euro pro Stunde at 25 euros an hour;

bei so vielen Schwierigkeiten considering all the difficulties;

bei so viel Hilfe sind wir schnell fertig with all this help we should be ready soon;

bei der Lage der Dinge (with) matters ( oder things) the way they are;

bei so vielen Teilnehmern können wir … with so many participants we can …;

bei diesem Lärm/diesen Temperaturen kann man nicht schlafen with all this noise/with temperatures like this one can’t sleep

11. (trotz):

bei aller Liebe, das ist zu viel verlangt much as I sympathize - that’s asking too much;

und das bei all seiner Mühe! and that in spite of all his efforts

12. in bestimmtem Zustand:

bei Kräften sein be in good health;

bei guter Gesundheit sein be in good health;

bei Besinnung sein be conscious;

du bist wohl nicht (recht) bei Trost! you’re not in your right mind;

er ist heute nicht bei Laune he’s not in a very good mood today;

gut bei Kasse sein have plenty of money

13. bei bestimmten Bedingungen:

beim besten Willen with the best will in the world;

bei Wasser und Brot with just bread and water;

bei offenem Fenster with the window open;

bei Kerzenlicht/Mondschein by candlelight/moonlight;

bei Licht besehen ist es nur halb so schlimm seen in the light of day it’s not so bad;

bei Tageslicht by daylight

14. Maß:

bei weitem by far

15. Anrufung:

schwören bei swear by;

bei Gott! by God!;

bei meiner Ehre! obs on my hono(u)r!;

bei allem, was recht ist, das geht nun wirklich zu weit in all conscience, that’s going too far

* * *

Präposition mit Dat

1) (nahe) near; (dicht an, neben) by

die Schlacht bei Leipzig — the battle of Leipzig

bei den Fahrrädern/Kindern bleiben — stay with the bicycles/children

etwas bei sich haben — have something with or on one

nicht [ganz] bei sich sein — (fig.) be not quite with it

sich bei jemandem entschuldigen/erkundigen — apologize to somebody/ask somebody

wir haben Physik bei Herrn Meyer — we do physics with Mr Meyer

2) (unter) among

war heute ein Brief für mich bei der Post? — was there a letter for me in the post today?

3) (an) by

jemanden bei der Hand nehmen — take somebody by the hand

4) (im Wohn-/Lebens-/Arbeitsbereich von)

bei uns tut man das nicht — we don't do that

bei mir [zu Hause] — at my house

bei uns um die Ecke/gegenüber — round the corner from us/opposite us

bei seinen Eltern leben — live with one's parents

wir sind bei ihr eingeladen — we have been invited to her house

wir treffen uns bei uns/Peter — we'll meet at our/Peter's place

bei uns in Österreich — in Austria [where I/we come from/live]

bei uns in der Firma — in our company

bei Schmidt — (auf Briefen) c/o Schmidt

bei einer Firma sein — be with a company

bei jemandem/einem Verlag arbeiten — work for somebody/a publishing house

5) (im Bereich eines Vorgangs) at

bei einer Hochzeit/einem Empfang — usw. at a wedding/reception etc.

bei einem Unfall — in an accident

6) (im Werk von)

bei Goethe — in Goethe

bei Schiller heißt es... — Schiller says or writes that...

7) (im Falle von) in the case of

bei bestimmten Pflanzen — in certain plants

bei der Hauskatze — in the domestic cat

wie bei den Römern — as with the Romans

hoffentlich geht es nicht wie bei mir — I hope the same thing doesn't happen as happened in my case

8) (Zeitpunkt)

bei seiner Ankunft — on his arrival

bei diesen Worten errötete er — at this he blushed

bei Sonnenaufgang/-untergang — at sunrise/sunset

bei unserer Begegnung — at our meeting

9) (modal)

bei Tag/Nacht — by day/night

bei Tag und [bei] Nacht — day and night

bei Tageslicht — by daylight

bei Nebel — in fog

bei Kälte — when it's cold

bei offenem Fenster schlafen — sleep with the window open

10) (im Falle des Auftretens von)

‘bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen’ — ‘in case of fire, break glass’

‘bei Regen Schleudergefahr’ — ‘slippery when wet’

bei hohem Fieber — when somebody has a high temperature

11) (angesichts) with

bei dieser Hitze — in this heat

bei diesem Sturm/Lärm — with this storm blowing/noise going on

12) (trotz)

bei all seinem Engagement/seinen Bemühungen — in spite of or despite or for all his commitment/efforts

bei allem Verständnis, aber ich kann das nicht — much as I sympathize, I cannot do that

13) (in Beteuerungsformeln) by

bei Gott! — by God!

bei meiner Ehre! — (veralt.) upon my honour!

* * *

(vollem) Verstand sein ausdr.

to be in one's right mind expr.

to be of sound mind expr. präp.

at prep.

by prep.

next to prep.

on prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > bei
19 यथा _yathā

यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्]

1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses:-- (a) as, in the manner men- tioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1.

-2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses:-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा <?>पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-there- fore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below.

-Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately.

-अधिकारम् ind. according to autho- rity.

-अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (

-तम्) ind. according to the text.

-अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or suc- cession, successively.

-अनुभूतम् ind.

1 according to experience.

-2 by previous experience.

-अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly.

-अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32.

-अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (

-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire.

-अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable.

-अर्थ a.

1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c.

-2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16.

-3 fit suitable. (

-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता

1 suitableness, fitness.

-2 propriety.

-3 accu- racy, genuineness, correctness.)

-अर्ह a.

1 according to merit, as deserving.

-2 appropriate, suitable, just.

-3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary.

-अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4.

-अर्हणम् ind.

1 according to propriety.

-2 according to worth or merit.

-अवकाशम् ind.

1 according to room or space.

-2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety.

-3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14.

-अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances.

-आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned.

-आख्यानम् ind. as before stated.

- आगत a. foolish, stupid. (

-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67.

-आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation.

-आचारम् ind. as customary or usual.

-आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas.

-आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession.

-आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling.

-आशयम् ind.

1 according to wish or intention.

-2 according to the agreement.

-आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life.

-आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41.

-इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desir- ed or wished for. (

-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind.

1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb.

-2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3.

-ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived.

-उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2.

-उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (

-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H.

-उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4.

-उत्साहम् ind.

1 according to one's power or might.

-2 with all one's might.

-उद्गत a. without sense, stupid.

-उद्गमनम् in ascending propor- tion.

-उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (

-ष्टम्) or

-उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated.

-उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires.

-उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15.

-उपदिष्ट a. as indicated.

-उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed.

-उपपत्ति ind.

1 as may be fit.

-2 as may happen.

-उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4.

-उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा.

-उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances.

-उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition.

-औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness.

-ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5.

-कथित a. as already mentioned.

-कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done.

-कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances.

-कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual.

-काम a. conformable to desire. (

-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51.

-कामिन् a. free, unrestrained.

-कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28.

-कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (

-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, season- ably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51.

-कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, custo- mary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (

-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice.

-क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way.

-क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26.

-क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible.

-क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible.

-क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably.

-खेलम् ind. playfully; V.

-गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up.

-चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl.

-जात a.

1 foolish, senseless, stupid.

-2 barbarous, outcast.

-ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment.

-ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority.

-तत्त्वम् ind.

1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be.

-तथ a.

1 true, right.

-2 accurate, exact. (

-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (

-थम्) ind.

1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg.

-2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3.

-तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really.

-तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content.

-दर्शनम् ind. according to observation.

-दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions.

-निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up.

-निर्दिष्ट a.

1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी.

-2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3.

-न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1.

-न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down.

-न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218.

-पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.).

-पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2.

-पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41.

(-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind.

1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187.

-2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35.

-प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit.

-प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper.

-प्रदेशम् ind.

1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34.

-2 according to direction or precept.

-3 on all sides.

-प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46.

-प्रयोगम् ind.

1 according to usage or practice.

-2 as found by experiment.

-प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion.

-प्रस्तुतम् ind.

1 at last, at length.

-2 conformably to the circum- stances.

-प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might.

-प्राप्त a.

1 suitable to circumstances.

-2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (

-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly.

-प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested.

-बलम् ind.

1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8.

-2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms.

-बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge.

-भक्त्या with entire devo- tion.

-भागम्, -भागशः ind.

1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः

-2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11.

-3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19.

-भावः 1 destiny.

-2 proper relation.

-भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly.

-भूयस् ind. according to seniority.

-मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48.

-मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price.

-यथम् ind.

1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2.

-2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337.

-3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5.

-युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably.

-योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right.

-रसम् ind. according to the sentiments.

-रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21.

-रूपम् ind.

1 according to form or appearance.

-2 duly, properly, fitly.

-लब्ध a. as actually in hand.

-वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly.

-विध a. of such kind or sort.

-विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191.

-विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated.

-विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means.

-वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (

-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage.

-वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted.

(-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.

-2 a former event.

-वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49.

-व्युत्पत्ति ind.

1 according to the degree of edu- cation or culture.

-2 according to the derivation.

-शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible.

-शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26.

-शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88.

-शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible.

-शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper.

-श्रुत a. according to the report.

-श्रुतम् -ति ind.

1 as heard or reported.

-2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25.

-श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit.

-श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first.

-संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances.

-संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17.

(-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. ac- cording to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21.

-समयम् ind.

1 at the proper time.

-2 according to agreement or established usage.

-संभव a. possible.

-संभावित a. suitable, appropriate.

-सर्वम् ind. in all particulars.

-सवनम् ind. according to the time or season.

-सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness.

-सुखम् ind.

1 at will or pleasure.

-2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43.

-स्थानम् the right or proper place. (

-नम्) ind.

1 in the proper place; duly, properly.

-2 instantly.

-3 according to rank.

-स्थित a.

1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8.

-2 right, proper, fit. (

-तम्) ind.

1 truly, properly.

-2 according to circumstances.

-स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances.

-स्थूलम् ind. without details.

-स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14.

-स्वम् ind.

1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43.

-2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65.

-3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > यथा _yathā
20 miedo

m.

1 fear.

dar miedo to be frightening

me da miedo conducir I'm afraid o frightened of driving

meter miedo a to frighten

por miedo a for fear of

tener miedo a o de (hacer algo) to be afraid of (doing something)

le tiene miedo a la oscuridad he's scared o afraid of the dark

tengo miedo de que se estropee I'm frightened it'll get damaged

de miedo: la película estuvo de miedo (informal figurative) the movie was brilliant (peninsular Spanish)

lo pasamos de miedo we had a fantastic time

estar cagado de miedo (muy informal) to be shit-scared

morirse de miedo to die of fright, to be terrified

miedo cerval terrible fear, terror

miedo escénico stage fright

2 scare.

* * *

miedo

► nombre masculino

1 fear

■ no dijo nada por miedo a las represalias he said nothing for fear of reprisals

■ me da miedo el avión I'm scared of flying

■ ¡qué miedo! how frightening!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar/meter miedo a alguien to frighten somebody, scare somebody

morirse de miedo to be scared stiff

tener miedo to be scared, be frightened, be afraid

■ tiene miedo a la oscuridad he's afraid of the dark

de miedo familiar (fabuloso) great, terrific 2 (de terror) terrifying

miedo al escenario stage fright

* * *

noun m.

fear

- dar miedo
- tener miedo
* * *

SM

1) fear

miedo a las represalias — fear of reprisals

¡qué miedo! — how scary!

• coger miedo a algo — to become afraid of sth

• dar miedo — to scare

me da miedo subir al tejado — I'm scared to go up on the roof

le daba miedo hacerlo — he was afraid o scared to do it

me da miedo dejar solo al niño — I'm frightened to leave the child alone

• de miedo, una película de miedo — a horror film

• entrar miedo a algn, me entró un miedo terrible — I suddenly felt terribly scared

• meter miedo a algn — to scare o frighten sb

• pasar miedo, pasé mucho miedo viendo la película — I was very scared watching the film

• perder el miedo a algo — to lose one's fear of sth

• por miedo a o de algo — for fear of sth

por miedo a o de quedar en ridículo — for fear of looking ridiculous

por miedo de que... — for fear that...

• tener miedo — to be scared o frightened

no tengas miedo — don't be scared o frightened

tener miedo a o de algn/algo — to be afraid of sb/sth

tengo miedo a morir — I'm afraid of dying

tenemos miedo a o de que nos ataquen — we're afraid that they may attack us

tengo miedo de que le ocurra algo — I'm scared something will happen to him

tener miedo de o a hacer algo — to be afraid to do sth, be afraid of doing sth

- meterle el miedo en el cuerpo a algn

miedo al público — (Teat) stage fright

miedo cerval — great fear

miedo escénico — stage fright

2)

de miedo * —

es un coche de miedo — it's a fantastic car

lo pasamos de miedo — we had a fantastic time

hace un frío de miedo — it's freezing

mi madre cocina de miedo — my mum's a fantastic cook

* * *

masculino fear

qué miedo pasamos! — we were so frightened o scared!

temblaba de miedo — he was trembling with fear

casi me muero de miedo — I almost died of fright

me da miedo salir de noche — I'm afraid to go o of going out at night

perder el miedo — to overcome one's fear

se cagaba de miedo — (vulg) he was shit-scared (vulg)

miedo A algo/alguien — fear of something/somebody

el miedo a lo desconocido — fear of the unknown

le tiene miedo a su padre — he's scared o afraid of his father

agarrarle or (esp Esp) cogerle miedo a algo/alguien — to become frightened o scared of something/somebody

por miedo a — for fear of

tener miedo — to be afraid o frightened o scared

tiene miedo de caerse — he's afraid he might fall

tengo miedo de que se ofenda — I'm afraid he will take offense

de miedo — (fam) fantastic, great (colloq)

hace un frío de miedo — it's freezing cold

* * *

= fear, horror, trepidation, scare, fright.

Ex. Many respondents confessed to well-justified fears that if they lose their existing specialists, the 'cut and squeeze' method of reducing establishments would not allow them to replace such staff.

Ex. In recent years, then, there has been much less scaremongering about the imagined horrors of drowning in a sea of paper.

Ex. This trepidation is somewhat quieted when students discover the abundance of bibliographical guides that list and describe reference works.

Ex. These stories are sometimes treated inaccurately, creating health scares and misinformation.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Children's fright reactions to television news'.

----

* cagarse de miedo = shit + bricks, shit.

* coger miedo = scare + Reflexivo.

* con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* disipar el miedo = assuage + fear.

* dominar el miedo = conquer + fear.

* encogerse de miedo = cower.

* entrar miedo = become + jittery.

* esconderse de miedo = cower.

* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.

* estar temblando de miedo = be frightened to death.

* expresar miedo = express + fear.

* infundir miedo = instil + fear.

* meter miedo = frighten, scare.

* miedo a las tablas = stage fright.

* miedo a la tecnología = techno-fear [technofear].

* miedo al escenario = stage fright.

* miedo a lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.

* miedo al ordenador = computer anxiety.

* miedo continuo = nagging fear.

* miedo escénico = stage fright.

* miedo hacia lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.

* miedo nuclear = nuclear fear.

* mostrar miedo = show + fear.

* no hacer Algo por miedo = wimp out (on), wimp, chicken out (on/of).

* por miedo de = for fear of/that.

* que da miedo = scary [scarier -comp., scariest -sup.].

* retirarse por miedo = wimp out (on), wimp, chicken out (on/of).

* sembrar el miedo = spread + fear.

* sentir miedo = be in fear.

* sin miedo = with confidence.

* superar el miedo = overcome + Posesivo + fear, conquer + fear.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* vencer el miedo = face + Posesivo + fears, conquer + fear, overcome + Posesivo + fear.

* vivir con miedo = live in + fear.

* * *

masculino fear

qué miedo pasamos! — we were so frightened o scared!

temblaba de miedo — he was trembling with fear

casi me muero de miedo — I almost died of fright

me da miedo salir de noche — I'm afraid to go o of going out at night

perder el miedo — to overcome one's fear

se cagaba de miedo — (vulg) he was shit-scared (vulg)

miedo A algo/alguien — fear of something/somebody

el miedo a lo desconocido — fear of the unknown

le tiene miedo a su padre — he's scared o afraid of his father

agarrarle or (esp Esp) cogerle miedo a algo/alguien — to become frightened o scared of something/somebody

por miedo a — for fear of

tener miedo — to be afraid o frightened o scared

tiene miedo de caerse — he's afraid he might fall

tengo miedo de que se ofenda — I'm afraid he will take offense

de miedo — (fam) fantastic, great (colloq)

hace un frío de miedo — it's freezing cold

* * *

= fear, horror, trepidation, scare, fright.

Ex: Many respondents confessed to well-justified fears that if they lose their existing specialists, the 'cut and squeeze' method of reducing establishments would not allow them to replace such staff.

Ex: In recent years, then, there has been much less scaremongering about the imagined horrors of drowning in a sea of paper.

Ex: This trepidation is somewhat quieted when students discover the abundance of bibliographical guides that list and describe reference works.

Ex: These stories are sometimes treated inaccurately, creating health scares and misinformation.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Children's fright reactions to television news'.

* cagarse de miedo = shit + bricks, shit.

* coger miedo = scare + Reflexivo.

* con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* disipar el miedo = assuage + fear.

* dominar el miedo = conquer + fear.

* encogerse de miedo = cower.

* entrar miedo = become + jittery.

* esconderse de miedo = cower.

* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.

* estar temblando de miedo = be frightened to death.

* expresar miedo = express + fear.

* infundir miedo = instil + fear.

* meter miedo = frighten, scare.

* miedo a las tablas = stage fright.

* miedo a la tecnología = techno-fear [technofear].

* miedo al escenario = stage fright.

* miedo a lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.

* miedo al ordenador = computer anxiety.

* miedo continuo = nagging fear.

* miedo escénico = stage fright.

* miedo hacia lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.

* miedo nuclear = nuclear fear.

* mostrar miedo = show + fear.

* no hacer Algo por miedo = wimp out (on), wimp, chicken out (on/of).

* por miedo de = for fear of/that.

* que da miedo = scary [scarier -comp., scariest -sup.].

* retirarse por miedo = wimp out (on), wimp, chicken out (on/of).

* sembrar el miedo = spread + fear.

* sentir miedo = be in fear.

* sin miedo = with confidence.

* superar el miedo = overcome + Posesivo + fear, conquer + fear.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* vencer el miedo = face + Posesivo + fears, conquer + fear, overcome + Posesivo + fear.

* vivir con miedo = live in + fear.

* * *

miedo

masculine

fear

¡qué miedo pasamos! we were so frightened o scared!

el miedo se apoderó de ellos they were gripped by o overcome with fear

estaba temblando de miedo he was trembling with fear

casi me muero de miedo I almost died of fright, I was scared half to death ( colloq)

me da miedo salir de noche I'm afraid to go o of going out at night

esto le hará perder el miedo this will help him overcome his fear

estaba que se cagaba de miedo ( vulg); he was shit-scared o scared shitless ( vulg)

miedo A algo/algn fear OF sth/sb

el miedo a la muerte/a lo desconocido fear of death/the unknown

le tiene miedo a la oscuridad/su padre he's scared o frightened o afraid of the dark/his father

cogerle or agarrarle miedo a algo/algn to become frightened o scared of sth/sb

por miedo a ser descubierto for fear of being found out

tengo miedo de perderme I'm worried o afraid I might get lost

tiene miedo de caerse he's afraid of falling, he's afraid he might fall

tengo miedo de que se ofenda I'm afraid he will take offense, I'm worried he might take offense

de miedo ( esp Esp fam): se ha comprado un coche de miedo he's bought himself a fantastic o great car ( colloq)

en la fiesta lo pasamos de miedo we had a fantastic o great time at the party ( colloq)

jugaron de miedo they played fantastically o brilliantly ( colloq)

hace un frío de miedo it's freezing cold

película

Compuesto:

miedo escénico

stage fright

* * *

miedo sustantivo masculino
fear;
◊ ¡qué miedo pasamos! we were so frightened o scared!;

temblaba de miedo he was trembling with fear;
me da miedo salir de noche I'm afraid to go o of going out at night;
miedo A algo/algn fear of sth/sb;
el miedo a lo desconocido fear of the unknown;
le tiene miedo a su padre he's scared o afraid of his father;
miedo a salir a escena stage fright;
agarrarle or (esp Esp) cogerle miedo a algo/algn to become frightened o scared of sth/sb;
por miedo a for fear of;
tener miedo to be afraid o frightened o scared;
tiene miedo de caerse he's afraid he might fall;
tengo miedo de que se ofenda I'm afraid he will take offense
miedo sustantivo masculino
1 (terror) fear, fright: me da miedo la oscuridad, I'm scared of the dark
la película me metió miedo, the film frightened me
temblaba de miedo, he was trembling with fear
¡mamá, tengo miedo!, mummy, I'm scared! ➣ Ver nota en fear
2 (recelo, preocupación) concern: tiene miedo de suspender, he's worried that he will fail
tengo miedo por ti, I'm worried about you ➣ Ver nota en afraid
♦ Locuciones: familiar de miedo: el agua está de miedo, the water is great

' miedo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cagarse
- canillera
- cundir
- escénica
- escénico
- experimentar
- gritar
- inocuidad
- meter
- mucha
- mucho
- muerta
- muerto
- osada
- osado
- película
- temer
- temblar
- temblor
- temblorosa
- tembloroso
- tenebrosa
- tenebroso
- terrorífica
- terrorífico
- alarido
- aprensión
- campante
- chillar
- chillido
- comunicar
- contagiar
- de
- encoger
- espanto
- estremecer
- estremecimiento
- horror
- infundir
- invencible
- morir
- pasar
- quitar
- sostener
- terror
- vencer
English:
afraid
- apprehension
- be
- bully
- curdle
- dark
- death
- dignity
- eerie
- evaporate
- fear
- fearfully
- fearlessly
- free
- fright
- frightened
- lest
- monster
- numb
- overcome
- recoil
- register
- scandal
- scare
- scary
- seize
- sense
- shiver
- shock
- sick
- spasm
- stage fright
- stiff
- strike
- bear
- betray
- cower
- petrified
- scared
- shake
- stage
- still
- with

* * *

miedo nm

fear;

miedo cerval terrible fear, terror;

dar miedo to be frightening;

me da miedo conducir o Am [m5] manejar I'm afraid o frightened of driving;

me da miedo que se entere I'm frightened o scared she'll find out;

agarró o Am [m5] tomó o Esp [m5] cogió miedo a volar he developed a fear of flying;

meter miedo a alguien to frighten sb;

nos metió miedo en el cuerpo it put the fear of God into us;

por miedo a for fear of;

no le dije la verdad por miedo a ofenderla I didn't tell her the truth for fear of offending her;

temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;

tener miedo a o [m5] de (hacer algo) to be afraid of (doing sth);

le tiene miedo a la oscuridad he's scared o afraid of the dark;

tengo miedo de que se estropee I'm frightened it'll get damaged;

morirse de miedo to die of fright, to be terrified;

Comp
Esp Fam
de miedo: la película estuvo de miedo the movie was brilliant;

lo pasamos de miedo we had a fantastic time;

cogió una borrachera de miedo he got totally plastered;

cocina de miedo he's a fantastic o an amazing cook;

Comp
muy Fam
cagarse de miedo to shit oneself;

Comp
muy Fam
estar cagado de miedo to be shit-scared

Comp
miedo escénico stage fright
* * *

miedo

m fear (a of);

dar miedo be frightening;

miedo a volar fear of flying;

me da miedo la oscuridad I’m frightened of the dark;

meter miedo a frighten;

tener miedo de que be afraid that;

por miedo a for fear of;

de miedo fam great fam, awesome fam

* * *

miedo nm

1) temor: fear

le tiene miedo al perro: he's scared of the dog

tenían miedo de hablar: they were afraid to speak

2)

dar miedo : to frighten

* * *

miedo n fear

miedo a volar fear of flying

dar miedo to frighten / to scare

de miedo (muy bueno) great / fantastic (muy grande) terrible / awful

la comida está de miedo the food is fantastic

nos lo hemos pasado de miedo we had a great time

hace un frío de miedo it's freezing

tener miedo to be afraid

tiene miedo a la oscuridad she's afraid of the dark

Spanish-English dictionary > miedo

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

may — [[t]meɪ[/t]] ♦ (May is a modal verb. It is used with the base form of a verb.) 1) MODAL (vagueness) You use may to indicate that something will possibly happen or be true in the future, but you cannot be certain. We may have some rain today...… … English dictionary
may — I UK [meɪ] / US modal verb *** Summary: May is usually followed by an infinitive without to : It may rain. Sometimes may is used without a following infinitive: I d like to make one or two comments, if I may. May does not change its form, so the… … English dictionary
may — may1 [ mei ] modal verb *** May is usually followed by an infinitive without to : It may rain. Sometimes may is used without a following infinitive: I d like to make one or two comments, if I may. May does not change its form, so the third person … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
May Bukas Pa — Not to be confused with a similarly named series aired in 1999 by Intercontinental Broadcasting Corporation and Radio Philippines Network. May Bukas Pa Promotional poster, with the protagonist (Jaranilla) Format Drama … Wikipedia
may — I. verbal auxiliary (past might; present singular & plural may) Etymology: Middle English (1st & 3d singular present indicative), from Old English mæg; akin to Old High German mag (1st & 3d singular present indicative) have power, am able… … New Collegiate Dictionary
may*/*/*/ — [meɪ] modal verb summary: ■ May is usually followed by an infinitive without ‘to : It may rain. ■ Sometimes it is used without a following infinitive: I d like to make one or two comments, if I may. ■ May has no tenses, no participles, and no… … Dictionary for writing and speaking English
might - may — Might and may are used mainly to talk about possibility. They can also be used to make a request, to ask permission, or to make a suggestion. When might and may can be used with the same meaning, may is more formal than might … Useful english dictionary
Everything That Happens Will Happen Today — Everything That Happens Will Happen Today … Wikipedia
Make It Happen (Mariah Carey song) — Make It Happen … Wikipedia
List of All That Sketches — This is a list of sketches on the Nickelodeon variety show All That.ketches (Seasons 1 10)Noteable Sketches from Seasons 1 6* Good Burger is a sketch that took place at a fast food restaurant. The cashier, Ed played by Kel Mitchell in Seasons 1 5 … Wikipedia
All That — For the song of the same name by MC Lyte, see Act Like You Know (MC Lyte album). All That Genre Comedy/ Teen comedy Format … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

sometimes it may so happen that

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

sometimes it may so happen that

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: